TSVN poChecker

This tool, to be used before committing your work, should help you locate problems in translation files. Please consider it as work-in-progress, as we are still working on it.

First of all, it will help you find missing accelerators - Luebbe's translation status page shows counts but not strings themselves, so the table below will help you fix these problems.

The analysis also includes some other useful lists, it checks for instance for correct new line styles, untranslated strings and spelling mistakes. As we prefer to err on the side of caution, you may find a lot of false positives. Anyway I hope this will help you improve the quality of your translation.

Oto



For new translators

Please follow this link if you think you may help with translation.
-> TortoiseSVN translation


Precommit checker

You can upload file for check before you make actual commit, so you can fix errors in one commit.

Make sure you are going to check translation against proper branch.

Choose a file to upload:



Revision: 20088 of trunk

Last update: September 05 2010 17:08 CET (GMT+1/GMT+2(DST))
Go to STABLE.

Language GUI check DOC Author(s)
Flag PAR!! ACC! NLS UNT FUZ ESC Note
Indonesian id 1 3 815 608 1 815/608 7 Zaenal Mutaqin, Thomas Edwin Santosa, Evan Allrich

GUI history graph:


history

TSVN doc history graph:


history

TMerge doc history graph:


history

Revision: 20088

PO Check (id)

Parameter strings test

This test is necessary to pass or you can expect crashing of TSVN - specially true when you use longer type as is in English like %s instead of %d, %ld instead of %d, etc. Also having more parameters lead to crash TSVN. When TSVN not crash, the information is still wrong. For example number instead of text.

Index Line English Line Native
1 5477 Let's say you check out a working copy of /project1 to D:\\dev\\project1. Select the folder D:\\dev\\project1, right click and choose Windows MenuProperties from the context menu. The Properties Dialog comes up. Then go to the Subversion tab. There, you can set properties. Click Add.... Select the svn:externals property from the combobox and write in the edit box the repository URL in the format url folder or if you want to specify a particular revision, -rREV url folder You can add multiple external projects, 1 per line. Suppose that you have set these properties on D:\\dev\\project1: \n
http://sounds.red-bean.com/repos sounds\n
http://graphics.red-bean.com/repos/fast%20graphics \"quick graphs\"\n
-r21 http://svn.red-bean.com/repos/skin-maker skins/toolkit\n
Now click Set and commit your changes. When you (or any other user) update your working copy, Subversion will create a sub-folder D:\\dev\\project1\\sounds and checkout the sounds project, another sub-folder D:\\dev\\project1\\quick_graphs containing the graphics project, and finally a nested sub-folder D:\\dev\\project1\\skins\\toolkit containing revision 21 of the skin-maker project.
7213(Fuzzy) Katakanlah Anda melakukan check out copy pekerjaan /project1 ke D:\\dev\\project1. Pilih folder D:\\dev\\project1, klik kanan dan pilih Menu WindowsProperti dari menu konteks. Dialog Properti muncul. Lalu pergi ke tab Subversion. Di sana, Anda bisa mengeset properti. Klik Tambah.... Pilih properti svn:externals dari kotak kombo dan tulis dalam kotak edit url repositori dalam format nama url atau jika Anda ingin menetapkan revisi tertentu, nama -rREV url Anda bisa menambahkan multipel proyek eksternal, 1 per baris. Catatan bahwa URL harus diberi escape dengan benar atau tidak akan bekerja dengan baik. Sebagai contoh Anda harus menimpa setiap ruang dengan %20. Catatan bahwa tidak mungkin untuk menggunakan nama folder dengan ruang di dalamnya. Angap bahwa Anda sudah mengeset properti ini pada D:\\dev\\project1: \n
sounds http://sounds.red-bean.com/repos\n
quick_graphs http://graphics.red-bean.com/repos/fast%20graphics\n
skins/toolkit -r21 http://svn.red-bean.com/repos/skin-maker\n
Sekarang klik Set dan komit perubahan Anda. Ketika Anda (atau pengguna lain) memutahirkan copy pekerjaan Anda, Subversion akan membuat subfolder D:\\dev\\project1\\sounds dan melakukan checkout proyek sounds, subfolder lainnya D:\\dev\\project1\\quick graphs yang berisi proyek grafik, dan akhirnya subfolder bersarang D:\\dev\\project1\\skins\\toolkit yang berisi revisi 21 dari proyek skin-maker.
Note: Line numbers are as in committed file, it may differ when you update to use newer .pot, also edited multi line messages may shift line position.

Total:1

Missing/Unexpected Key Accelerator test

This is accessibility test. Passing this test is recommended. If you are interesting in more details about accelerator key overlapping I may enable such test for your language, but in fact there not too much to do against it. According Luebbe and Stefan there is no problem about it you just have to use accelerator more time to select element and then use enter or space for activate button.

PASS

Differences in new line style

This tests if new line style from pot match localized new line style. This test may have false positives when English text has new line style inconsistence. Using more lines for Native when English use just one is also alowed for most of translation even here reported.

Index Line English Line Native
1 Assuming your repository is located in <filename>c:\\repos\\TestRepo</filename>, and your server is called <filename>localhost</filename>, enter: <screen>\n
svn://localhost/repos/TestRepo\n
</screen> when prompted by the repo browser.
1463 Beranggapan repositori Anda ditempatkan dalam <filename>c:\\repos\\TestRepo</filename>, dan server Anda disebut <filename>localhost</filename>, masukkan: <screen>\n
svn://localhost/repos/TestRepo\n
</screen> ketika ditanya oleh repo browser.
2 You can also increase security and save time entering URLs with svnserve by using the --root switch to set the root location and restrict access to a specified directory on the server: <screen>\n
svnserve.exe --daemon --root drive:\\path\\to\\repository\\root\n
</screen> Using the previous test as a guide, svnserve would now run as: <screen>\n
svnserve.exe --daemon --root c:\\repos\n
</screen> And in TortoiseSVN our repo-browser URL is now shortened to: <screen>\n
svn://localhost/TestRepo\n
</screen> Note that the --root switch is also needed if your repository is located on a different partition or drive than the location of svnserve on your server.
1467 Anda juga bisa meningkatkan keamanan dan menghemat waktu memasukan Url dengan svnserve dengan menggunakan saklar --root untuk men-set akar lokasi dan membatasi akses ke direktori tertentu pada server: <screen>\n
svnserve.exe --daemon --root drive:\\path\\to\\repository\\root\n
</screen> Menggunakan tes sebelumnya sebagai bimbingan, sekarang svnserve berjalan seperti: <screen>\n
svnserve.exe --daemon --root c:\\repos\n
</screen> Dan dalam TortoiseSVN Url repo-browser kita sekarang diperpendek menjadi: <screen>\n
svn://localhost/TestRepo\n
</screen> Catatan bahwa saklar --root juga diperlukan jika repositori Anda ditempatkan pada partisi atau drive berbeda dengan lokasi svnserve pada server Anda.
3 11583 translator-credits 11583 Zaenal Mutaquin\n
Thomas Edwin Santosa\n
Evan Allrich\n
Edwin Elisia
Note: Line numbers are as in committed file, it may differ when you update to use newer .pot, also edited multi line messages may shift line position.

Total:3

Not translated strings test

This tests if all strings has been translated. Translated mean that there in native string set. If English and native are same it is not marked as not translated, this just can happen.

Index Line English Line
1 15 @@image: 'images/svn_move.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST 33
2 77 TortoiseSVN is a free open-source Windows client for the Subversion version control system. That is, TortoiseSVN manages files and directories over time. Files are stored in a central repository. The repository is much like an ordinary file server, except that it remembers every change ever made to your files and directories. This allows you to recover older versions of your files and examine the history of how and when your data changed, and who changed it. This is why many people think of Subversion and version control systems in general as a sort of time machine.
3 105 TortoiseSVN integrates seamlessly into the Windows shell (i.e. the explorer). This means you can keep working with the tools you're already familiar with. And you do not have to change into a different application each time you need the functions of version control.
4 109 And you are not limited to using the Windows Explorer; TortoiseSVN's context menus work in many other file managers, and also in the File/Open dialog which is common to most standard Windows applications. You should, however, bear in mind that TortoiseSVN is intentionally developed as an extension for the Windows Explorer. Thus it is possible that in other applications the integration is not as complete and e.g. the icon overlays may not be shown.
5 121 Graphical User Interface
6 125 When you list the changes to a file or folder, you can click on a revision to see the comments for that commit. You can also see a list of changed files - just double click on a file to see exactly what changed.
7 129 The commit dialog lists all the items that will be included in a commit, and each item has a checkbox so you can choose which items you want to include. Unversioned files can also be listed, in case you forgot to add that new file.
8 193 License
9 197 TortoiseSVN is an Open Source project developed under the GNU General Public License (GPL). It is free to download and free to use, either personally or commercially, on any number of PCs.
10 201 Although most people just download the installer, you also have full read access to the source code of this program. You can browse it on this link http://code.google.com/p/tortoisesvn/source/browse/. The current development line is located under /trunk/, and the released versions are located under /tags/.
11 205 Development
12 209 Both TortoiseSVN and Subversion are developed by a community of people who are working on those projects. They come from different countries all over the world, working together to create great software.
13 217 In 2002, Tim Kemp found that Subversion was a very good version control system, but it lacked a good GUI client. The idea for a Subversion client as a Windows shell integration was inspired by the similar client for CVS named TortoiseCVS. Tim studied the source code of TortoiseCVS and used it as a base for TortoiseSVN. He then started the project, registered the domain tortoisesvn.org and put the source code online.
14 221 Around that time, Stefan Küng was looking for a good and free version control system and found Subversion and the source for TortoiseSVN. Since TortoiseSVN was still not ready for use, he joined the project and started programming. He soon rewrote most of the existing code and started adding commands and features, up to a point where nothing of the original code remained.
15 225 As Subversion became more stable it attracted more and more users who also started using TortoiseSVN as their Subversion client. The user base grew quickly (and is still growing every day). That's when Lübbe Onken offered to help out with some nice icons and a logo for TortoiseSVN. He now takes care of the website and manages the many translations.
16 245 for the hard work to get TortoiseSVN to what it is now, and his leadership of the project
17 261 for maintaining the documentation
18 265 Stefan Fuhrmann
19 269 for the log cache and revision graph
20 293 for the patches, bug reports and new ideas, and for helping others by answering questions on our mailing list
21 309 This book is written for computer-literate folk who want to use Subversion to manage their data, but prefer to use a GUI client rather than a command line client. TortoiseSVN is a windows shell extension and it is assumed that the user is familiar with the windows explorer and how to use it.
22 313 This explains what TortoiseSVN is, a little about the TortoiseSVN project and the community of people who work on it, and the licensing conditions for using it and distributing it.
23 317 The explains how to install TortoiseSVN on your PC, and how to start using it straight away.
24 389 Where extreme care has to be taken. Data corruption or other nasty things may occur if these warnings are ignored.
25 398 This section is aimed at people who would like to find out what TortoiseSVN is all about and give it a test drive. It explains how to install TortoiseSVN and set up a local repository, and it walks you through the most commonly used operations.
26 410 TortoiseSVN runs on Windows XP or higher and is available in both 32-bit and 64-bit flavours. If you are running 64-bit Windows you may want to install both versions.
27 414 Support for Windows 98, Windows ME and Windows NT4 was dropped in version 1.2.0 and Windows 2000 support was dropped in 1.7.0. You can still download and install older versions if you need them.
28 426 TortoiseSVN comes with an easy to use installer. Double click on the installer file and follow the instructions. The installer will take care of the rest. Don't forget to reboot after installation.
29 430 You need Administrator privileges to install TortoiseSVN. 556
30 434 Language packs are available which translate the TortoiseSVN user interface into many different languages. Please check for more information on how to install these.
31 438 If you encounter any problems during or after installing TortoiseSVN please refer to our online FAQ at http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/faq.html
32 442 Basic Concepts
33 446 Before we get stuck into working with some real files, it is important to get an overview of how subversion works and the terms that are used.
34 457 Subversion uses a central database which contains all your version-controlled files with their complete history. This database is referred to as the repository. The repository normally lives on a file server running the Subversion server program, which supplies content to Subversion clients (like TortoiseSVN) on request. If you only back up one thing, back up your repository as it is the definitive master copy of all your data.
35 466 This is where you do the real work. Every developer has his own working copy, sometimes known as a sandbox, on his local PC. You can pull down the latest version from the repository, work on it locally without affecting anyone else, then when you are happy with the changes you made commit them back to the repository.
36 470 A Subversion working copy does not contain the history of the project, but it does keep a copy of the files as they exist in the repository before you started making changes. This means that it is easy to check exactly what changes you have made.
37 479 You also need to know where to find TortoiseSVN because there is not much to see from the Start Menu. This is because TortoiseSVN is a Shell extension, so first of all, start Windows Explorer. Right click on a folder in Explorer and you should see some new entries in the context menu like this:
38 483 Go for a Test Drive
39 487 This section shows you how to try out some of the most commonly used features on a small test repository. Naturally it doesn't explain everything - this is just the Quick Start Guide after all. Once you are up and running you should take the time to read the rest of this user guide, which takes you through things in much more detail. It also explains more about setting up a proper Subversion server.
40 491 Creating a Repository
41 495 For a real project you will have a repository set up somewhere safe and a Subversion server to control it. For the purposes of this tutorial we are going to use Subversion's local repository feature which allows direct access to a repository created on your hard drive without needing a server at all.
42 499 First create a new empty directory on your PC. It can go anywhere, but in this tutorial we are going to call it C:\\svn_repos. Now right click on the new folder and from the context menu choose TortoiseSVNCreate Repository here.... The repository is then created inside the folder, ready for you to use.
43 503 The local repository feature is very useful for test and evaluation but unless you are working as a sole developer on one PC you should always use a proper Subversion server. It is tempting in a small company to avoid the work of setting up a server and just access your repository on a network share. Don't ever do that. You will lose data. Read to find out why this is a bad idea, and how to set up a server.
44 507 Importing a Project
45 516 Now we have a repository, but it is completely empty at the moment. Let's assume I have a set of files in C:\\Projects\\Widget1 that I would like to add. Navigate to the Widget1 folder in Explorer and right click on it. Now select TortoiseSVNImport... which brings up a dialog A Subversion repository is referred to by URL, which allows us to specify a repository anywhere on the Internet. In this case we need to point to our own local repository which has a URL of file:///c:/svn_repos/Widget1 Note that there are 3 slashes after file: and that the forward slashes are used throughout.
46 520 The other important feature of this dialog is the Import Message box which allows you to enter a message describing what you are doing. When you come to look through your project history, these commit messages are a valuable guide to what changes have been made and why. In this case we can say something simple like Import the Widget1 project. Click on OK and the folder is added to your repository.
47 524 Checking out a Working Copy
48 528 Now that we have a project in our repository, we need to create a working copy to use for day-to-day work. Note that the act of importing a folder does not automatically turn that folder into a working copy. The Subversion term for creating a fresh working copy is Checkout. We are going to checkout the Widget1 folder of our repository into a development folder on the PC called C:\\Projects\\Widget1-Dev. Create that folder, then right click on it and select TortoiseSVNCheckout.... Enter the URL to checkout, in this case file:///c:/svn_repos/Widget1 and click on OK. Our development folder is then populated with files from the repository.
49 532 You will notice that the appearance of this folder is different from our original folder. Every file has a green check mark in the bottom left corner. These are TortoiseSVN's status icons which are only present in a working copy. The green state indicates that the file is unchanged from the version in the repository.
50 536 Making Changes
51 540 Time to get to work. In the Widget1-Dev we start editing files - let's say we make changes to Widget1.c and ReadMe.txt. Notice that the icon overlays on these files have now changed to red, indicating that changes have been made locally.
52 544 File Difference Viewer
53 548 But what are the changes? Right click on one of the changed files and select TortoiseSVNDiff. TortoiseSVN's file compare tool starts, showing you exactly which lines have changed.
54 552 OK, so we are happy with the changes, let's update the repository. This action is referred to as a Commit of the changes. Right click on the Widget1-Dev folder and select TortoiseSVNCommit. The commit dialog lists the changed files, each with a checkbox. You might want to choose only a subset of those files, but in this case we are going to commit the changes to both files. Enter up a message to describe what the change is all about and click on OK. The progress dialog shows the files being uploaded to the repository and you're done.
55 556 Adding More Files
56 560 As the project develops you will need to add new files - let's say you add some new features in Extras.c and add a reference in the existing Makefile. Right click on the folder and TortoiseSVNAdd. The Add dialog now shows you all unversioned files and you can select which ones you want to add. Another way of adding files would be to right click on the file itself and select TortoiseSVNAdd.
57 564 Now when you go to commit the folder, the new file shows up as Added and the existing file as Modified. Note that you can double click on the modified file to check exactly what changes were made.
58 568 Viewing the Project History
59 572 The Log Dialog
60 576 One of the most useful features of TortoiseSVN is the Log dialog. This shows you a list of all the commits you made to a file or folder, and shows those detailed commit messages that you entered ;-) OK, so I cheated a little here and used a screenshot from the TortoiseSVN repository.
61 580 The top pane shows a list of revisions committed along with the start of the commit message. If you select one of these revisions, the middle pane will show the full log message for that revision and the bottom pane will show a list of changed files and folders.
62 584 Each of these panes has a context menu which provides you with lots more ways of using the information. In the bottom pane you can double click on a file to see exactly what changes were made in that revision. Read to get the full story.
63 588 Undoing Changes
64 592 One feature of all revision control systems is that they let you undo changes that you made previously. As you would expect, TortoiseSVN makes this easy to access.
65 596 If you want to get rid of changes that you have not yet committed and reset your file to the way it was before you started editing, TortoiseSVNRevert is your friend. This discards your changes (to the Recycle bin, just in case) and reverts to the committed version you started with. If you want to get rid of just some of the changes, you can use TortoiseMerge to view the differences and selectively revert changed lines.
66 600 If you want to undo the effects of a particular revision, start with the Log dialog and find the offending revision. Select Context MenuRevert changes from this revision and those changes will be undone.
67 604 Moving On ...
68 608 This guide has given you a very quick tour of some of TortoiseSVN's most important and useful features, but of course there is far more that we haven't covered. We strongly recommend that you take the time to read the rest of this manual, especially which gives you a lot more detail on day-to-day operations.
69 612 We have taken a lot of trouble to make sure that it is both informative and easy to read, but we recognise that there is a lot of it! Take your time and don't be afraid to try things out on a test repository as you go along. The best way to learn is by using it.
70 1115 You will also be asked whether you want to create a directory structure within the repository. Find out about layout options in .
71 1119 TortoiseSVN will set a custom folder icon when it creates a repository so you can identify local repositories more easily. If you create a repository using the official command line client this folder icon is not assigned.
72 1123 TortoiseSVN no longer offers the option to create BDB repositories, although you can still use the command line client to create them. FSFS repositories are generally easier for you to maintain, and also makes it easier for us to maintain TortoiseSVN due to compatibility issues between the different BDB versions. 1358
73 1127 TortoiseSVN does not support file:// access to BDB repositories due to these compatibility issues, although it will of course always support this repository format when accessed via a server through the svn://, http:// or https:// protocols.
74 1131 Of course we also recommend that you don't use file:// access at all, apart from local testing purposes. Using a server is more secure and more reliable for all but single-developer use. 1366
75 1163 Accessing a Repository on a Network Share 1406
76 1171 Although in theory it is possible to put a FSFS repository on a network share and have multiple users access it using file:// protocol, this is most definitely not recommended. In fact we would strongly discourage it, and do not support such use. 1415
77 1175 Firstly you are giving every user direct write access to the repository, so any user could accidentally delete the entire repository or make it unusable in some other way. 1419
78 1179 Secondly not all network file sharing protocols support the locking that Subversion requires, so you may find your repository gets corrupted. It may not happen straight away, but one day two users will try to access the repository at the same time. 1423
79 1183 Thirdly the file permissions have to be set just so. You may just about get away with it on a native Windows share, but SAMBA is particularly difficult. 1427
80 1187 file:// access is intended for local, single-user access only, particularly testing and debugging. When you want to share the repository you really need to set up a proper server, and it is not nearly as difficult as you might think. Read for guidelines on choosing and setting up a server. 1431
81 1208 Because this layout is so commonly used, when you create a new repository using TortoiseSVN, it will also offer to create the directory structure for you.
82 1258 import this structure into the repository via a right click on the folder that contains this folder structure and selecting TortoiseSVNImport... In the import dialog enter the URL to your repository and click OK. This will import your temp folder into the repository root to create the basic repository layout.
83 1262 So if you haven't already created a basic folder structure inside your repository you should do that now. There are two ways to achieve this. If you simply want to create a /trunk /tags /branches structure, you can use the repository browser to create the three folders (in three separate commits). If you want to create a deeper hierarchy then it is simpler to create a folder structure on disk first and import it in a single commit, like this: 1555
84 1315 These hook scripts are executed by the server that hosts the repository. TortoiseSVN also allows you to configure client side hook scripts that are executed locally upon certain events. See for more information. 1645
85 1323 Overriding Hooks 1666
86 1327 If a hook script rejects your commit then its decision is final. But you can build an override mechanism into the script itself using the Magic Word technique. If the script wants to reject the operation it first scans the log message for a special pass phrase, either a fixed phrase or perhaps the filename with a prefix. If it finds the magic word then it allows the commit to proceed. If the phrase is not found then it can block the commit with a message like You didn't say the magic word :-) 1670
87 1483 To install svnserve as a native windows service, execute the following command all on one line to create a service which is automatically started when windows starts. \n
sc create svnserve binpath= \"c:\\svnserve\\svnserve.exe --service\n
--root c:\\repos\" displayname= \"Subversion\" depend= tcpip\n
start= auto\n
If any of the paths include spaces, you have to use (escaped) quotes around the path, like this: \n
sc create svnserve binpath= \"\n
\\\"C:\\Program Files\\Subversion\\bin\\svnserve.exe\\\"\n
--service --root c:\\repos\" displayname= \"Subversion\"\n
depend= tcpip start= auto\n
You can also add a description after creating the service. This will show up in the Windows Services Manager. \n
sc description svnserve \"Subversion server (svnserve)\"\n
88 1543 The Cyrus Simple Authentication and Security Layer is open source software written by Carnegie Mellon University. It adds generic authentication and encryption capabilities to any network protocol, and as of Subversion 1.5 and later, both the svnserve server and TortoiseSVN client know how to make use of this library. 2038
89 1547 For a more complete discussion of the options available, you should look at the Subversion book in the section Using svnserve with SASL. If you are just looking for a simple way to set up secure authentication and encryption on a Windows server, so that your repository can be accessed safely over the big bad Internet, read on. 2042
90 1555 To activate specific SASL mechanisms on the server, you'll need to do three things. First, create a [sasl] section in your repository's svnserve.conf file, with this key-value pair: \n
use-sasl = true\n
2051
91 1559 Second, create a file called svn.conf in a convenient location - typically in the directory where subversion is installed. 2058
92 1563 Thirdly, create two new registry entries to tell SASL where to find things. Create a registry key named [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\Carnegie Mellon\\Project Cyrus\\SASL Library] and place two new string values inside it: SearchPath set to the directory path containing the sasl*.dll plug-ins (normally in the Subversion install directory), and ConfFile set to the directory containing the svn.conf file. If you used the CollabNet installer, these registry keys will already have been created for you. 2062
93 1567 Edit the svn.conf file to contain the following: \n
pwcheck_method: auxprop\n
auxprop_plugin: sasldb\n
mech_list: DIGEST-MD5\n
sasldb_path: C:\\TortoiseSVN\\sasldb\n
The last line shows the location of the authentication database, which is a file called sasldb. This could go anywhere, but a convenient choice is the repository parent path. Make sure that the svnserve service has read access to this file.
2066
94 1571 If svnserve was already running, you will need to restart it to ensure it reads the updated configuration. 2076
95 1575 Now that everything is set up, all you need to do is create some users and passwords. To do this you need the saslpasswd2 program. If you used the CollabNet installer, that program will be in the install directory. Use a command something like this: \n
saslpasswd2 -c -f C:\\TortoiseSVN\\sasldb -u realm username\n
The -f switch gives the database location, realm must be the same as the value you defined in your repository's svnserve.conf file, and username is exactly what you expect it to be. Note that the realm is not allowed to contain space characters.
2080
96 1579 You can list the usernames stored in the database using the sasldblistusers2 program. 2087
97 1587 To enable or disable different levels of encryption, you can set two values in your repository's svnserve.conf file: \n
[sasl]\n
use-sasl = true\n
min-encryption = 128\n
max-encryption = 256\n
2095
98 1591 The min-encryption and max-encryption variables control the level of encryption demanded by the server. To disable encryption completely, set both values to 0. To enable simple checksumming of data (i.e., prevent tampering and guarantee data integrity without encryption), set both values to 1. If you wish to allow (but not require) encryption, set the minimum value to 0, and the maximum value to some bit-length. To require encryption unconditionally, set both values to numbers greater than 1. In our previous example, we require clients to do at least 128-bit encryption, but no more than 256-bit encryption. 2105
99 1607 A basic method for setting up your server is given in . You can find other SSH topics within the FAQ by searching for SSH. 2125
100 1852 You can get those three files directly from our source repository at http://tortoisesvn.googlecode.com/svn/trunk/contrib/svnindex. ( explains how to access the TortoiseSVN source repository).
101 1928 NTLM 2682
102 1952 The SSPI authentication is only enabled for SSL secured connections (https). If you're only using normal http connections to your server, it won't work. 2752
103 1956 To enable SSL on your server, see the chapter: 2756
104 2012 Even though Apache 2.2.x has OpenSSL support, it is not activated by default. You need to activate this manually. 2887
105 2016 In the apache config file, uncomment the lines: \n
#LoadModule ssl_module modules/mod_ssl.so\n
and at the bottom \n
#Include conf/extra/httpd-ssl.conf\n
then change the line (on one line) \n
SSLMutex \"file:C:/Program Files/Apache Software Foundation/\\\n
Apache2.2/logs/ssl_mutex\"\n
to \n
SSLMutex default\n
2891
106 2076 Using client certificates with virtual SSL hosts 3048
107 2080 Sent to the TortoiseSVN mailing list by Nigel Green. Thanks! 3052
108 2084 In some server configurations you may need to setup a single server containing 2 virtual SSL hosts: The first one for public web access, with no requirement for a client certificate. The second one to be secure with a required client certificate, running a Subversion server. 3056
109 2088 Adding an SSLVerifyClient Optional directive to the per-server section of the Apache configuration (i.e. outside of any VirtualHost and Directory blocks) forces Apache to request a client Certificate in the initial SSL handshake. Due to a bug in mod_ssl it is essential that the certificate is requested at this point as it does not work if the SSL connection is re-negotiated. 3060
110 2092 The solution is to add the following directive to the virtual host directory that you want to lock down for Subversion: \n
SSLRequire %{SSL_CLIENT_VERIFY} eq \"SUCCESS\"\n
This directive grants access to the directory only if a client certificate was received and verified successfully.
3064
111 2096 To summarise, the relevant lines of the Apache configuration are: \n
SSLVerifyClient Optional\n
\n
### Virtual host configuration for the PUBLIC host\n
### (not requiring a certificate)\n
\n
&lt;VirtualHost 127.0.0.1:443&gt;\n
&lt;Directory \"pathtopublicfileroot\"&gt;\n
&lt;/Directory&gt;\n
&lt;/VirtualHost&gt;\n
\n
### Virtual host configuration for SUBVERSION\n
### (requiring a client certificate)\n
&lt;VirtualHost 127.0.0.1:443&gt;\n
&lt;Directory \"subversion host root path\"&gt;\n
SSLRequire %{SSL_CLIENT_VERIFY} eq \"SUCCESS\"\n
&lt;/Directory&gt;\n
\n
&lt;Location /svn&gt;\n
DAV svn\n
SVNParentPath /pathtorepository\n
&lt;/Location&gt;\n
&lt;/VirtualHost&gt;\n
112 2159 right-click 3177
113 2171 Some commands which are very rarely used are only available in the extended context menu. To bring up the extended context menu, hold down the Shift key when you right-click. 3191
114 2183 If you are using Windows 2000 you will find that the context menus are shown as plain text, without the menu icons shown above. We are aware that this was working in previous versions, but Microsoft has changed the way its icon handlers work for Vista, requiring us to use a different display method which unfortunately does not work on Windows 2000. 3205
115 2285 If you want to clear authentication for one realm only then you will have to dig into those directories, find the file which contains the information you want to clear and delete the file. 3336
116 2289 Some people like to have the authentication data deleted when they log off Windows, or on shutdown. The way to do that is to use a shutdown script to delete the %APPDATA%\\Subversion\\auth directory, e.g. \n
@echo off\n
rmdir /s /q \"%APPDATA%\\Subversion\\auth\"\n
You can find a description of how to install such scripts at windows-help-central.com.
3340
117 2297 Maximizing Windows 3353
118 2301 maximize 3357
119 2305 Many of TortoiseSVN's dialogs have a lot of information to display, but it is often useful to maximize only the height, or only the width, rather than maximizing to fill the screen. As a convenience, there are shortcuts for this on the Maximize button. Use the middle mouse button to maximize vertically, and right mouse to maximize horizontally. 3361
120 2332 If you are importing into an existing repository which already contains some projects, then the repository structure will already have been decided. If you are importing data into a new repository, then it is worth taking the time to think about how it will be organised. Read for further advice. 3394
121 2336 There is no way to select files and folders to include, aside from using the global ignore settings. 3398
122 2340 The folder imported does not become a working copy. You have to do a checkout to copy the files back from the server. 3402
123 2348 This section describes the Subversion import command, which was designed for importing a directory hierarchy into the repository in one shot. Although it does the job, it has several shortcomings: For these reasons we recommend that you do not use the import command at all but rather follow the two-step method described in . But since you are here, this is how the basic import works ... 3412
124 2368 In this dialog you have to enter the URL of the repository location where you want to import your project. It is very important to realise that the local folder you are importing does not itself appear in the repository, only its content. For example if you have a structure: \n
C:\\Projects\\Widget\\source\n
C:\\Projects\\Widget\\doc\n
C:\\Projects\\Widget\\images\n
and you import C:\\Projects\\Widget into http://mydomain.com/svn/trunk then you may be surprised to find that your subdirectories go straight into trunk rather than being in a Widget subdirectory. You need to specify the subdirectory as part of the URL, http://mydomain.com/svn/trunk/Widget-X. Note that the import command will automatically create subdirectories within the repository if they do not exist.
3442
125 2468 Checkout the entire tree, including all child folders and sub-folders. 3570
126 2472 Immediate children, including folders 3574
127 2476 Checkout the specified directory, including all files and child folders, but do not populate the child folders. 3578
128 2480 Only file children 3582
129 2484 Checkout the specified directory, including all files but do not checkout any child folders. 3586
130 2492 Checkout the directory only. Do not populate it with files or child folders. 3596
131 2502 Retain the depth specified in the working copy. This option is not used in the checkout dialog, but it is the default in all other dialogs which have a depth setting. 3607
132 2506 Exclude 3611
133 2510 Used to reduce working copy depth after a folder has already been populated. This option is only available in the Update to revision dialog. 3615
134 2514 You can choose the depth you want to checkout, which allows you to specify the depth of recursion into child folders. If you want just a few sections of a large tree, You can checkout the top level folder only, then update selected folders recursively. 3619
135 2518 If you check out a sparse working copy (i.e., by choosing something other than fully recursive for the checkout depth), you can fetch additional sub-folders by using the repository browser () or the check for modifications dialog (). 3623
136 2522 In windows explorer, Right click on the checked out folder, then use TortoiseSVNRepo-Browser to bring up the repository browser. Find the sub-folder you would like to add to your working copy, then use Context menuUpdate item to revision... That menu will only be visible if the selected item does not exist yet in your working copy, but the parent item does exist.
137 2526 In the check for modifications dialog, first click on the button Check repository. The dialog will show all the files and folders which are in the repository but which you have not checked out as remotely added. Right click on the folder(s) you would like to add to your working copy, then use Context menuUpdate. 3633
138 2530 This feature is very useful when you only want to checkout parts of a large tree, but you want the convenience of updating a single working copy. Suppose you have a large tree which has sub-folders Project01 to Project99, and you only want to checkout Project03, Project25 and Project76/SubProj. Use these steps: 3637
139 2534 Checkout the parent folder with depth Only this item You now have an empty top level folder. 3641
140 2542 Right click on Project03 and Context menuUpdate item to revision.... Keep the default settings and click on OK. You now have that folder fully populated. 3651
141 2546 Repeat the same process for Project25. 3655
142 2550 Navigate to Project76/SubProj and do the same. This time note that the Project76 folder has no content except for SubProj, which itself is fully populated. Subversion has created the intermediate folders for you without populating them. 3659
143 2562 Using an older server 3675
144 2566 Pre-1.5 servers do not understand the working copy depth request, so they cannot always deal with requests efficiently. The command will still work, but an older server may send all the data, leaving the client to filter out what is not required, which may mean a lot of network traffic. If possible you should upgrade your server to 1.5. 3679
145 2663 You can select or deselect items by clicking on the checkbox to the left of the item. For directories you can use Shift-select to make the action recursive. 3805
146 2671 By default when you commit changes, any locks that you hold on files are released automatically after the commit succeeds. If you want to keep those locks, make sure the Keep locks checkbox is checked. The default state of this checkbox is taken from the no_unlock option in the Subversion configuration file. Read for information on how to edit the Subversion configuration file. 3814
147 2708 The commit dialog supports Subversion's changelist feature to help with grouping related files together. Find out about this feature in . 3854
148 2712 Excluding Items from the Commit List 3858
149 2716 Sometimes you have versioned files that change frequently but that you really don't want to commit. Sometimes this indicates a flaw in your build process - why are those files versioned? should you be using template files? But occasionally it is inevitable. A classic reason is that your IDE changes a timestamp in the project file every time you build. The project file has to be versioned as it includes all the build settings, but it doesn't need to be committed just because the timestamp changed. 3862
150 2720 To help out in awkward cases like this, we have reserved a changelist called ignore-on-commit. Any file added to this changelist will automatically be unchecked in the commit dialog. You can still commit changes, but you have to select it manually in the commit dialog. 3866
151 2748 Getting the regex just right can be tricky, so to help you sort out a suitable expression there is a test dialog which allows you to enter an expression and then type in filenames to test it against. Start it from the command prompt using the command TortoiseProc.exe /command:autotexttest
152 2752 You can re-use previously entered log messages. Just click on Recent messages to view a list of the last few messages you entered for this working copy. The number of stored messages can be customized in the TortoiseSVN settings dialog. 3901
153 2756 You can clear all stored commit messages from the Saved data page of TortoiseSVN's settings, or you can clear individual messages from within the Recent messages dialog using the Delete key. 3905
154 2764 Another way to insert the paths into the log message is to simply drag the files from the file list onto the edit control. 3915
155 3008 A file conflict occurs when two or more developers have changed the same few lines of a file. As Subversion knows nothing of your project, it leaves resolving the conflicts to the developers. Whenever a conflict is reported, you should open the file in question, and search for lines starting with the string &lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;. The conflicting area is marked like this: \n
&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt; filename\n
your changes\n
=======\n
code merged from repository\n
&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; revision\n
Also, for every conflicted file Subversion places three additional files in your directory:
156 3032 A tree conflict occurs when a developer moved/renamed/deleted a file or folder, which another developer either also has moved/renamed/deleted or just modified. There are many different situations that can result in a tree conflict, and all of them require different steps to resolve the conflict. 4274
157 3036 When a file is deleted locally in Subversion, the file is also deleted from the local file system, so even if it is part of a tree conflict it cannot show a conflicted overlay and you cannot right click on it to resolve the conflict. Use the Check for Modifications dialog instead to access the Edit conflicts option. 4278
158 3069 Developer B now has to choose whether to keep Developer A's changes. In the case of a file rename, he can merge the changes to Foo.c into the renamed file Bar.c. For simple file or directory deletions he can choose to keep the item with Developer A's changes and discard the deletion. Or, by marking the conflict as resolved without doing anything he effectively discards Developer A's changes. 4311
159 3073 The conflict edit dialog offers to merge changes if it can find the original file of the renamed Bar.c. Depending on where the update was invoked, it may not be possible to find the source file. 4315
160 3131 To merge her local changes with the reshuffle, Developer B must first find out to what filename the conflicted file Foo.c was renamed/moved in the repository. This can be done by using the log dialog. The changes must then be merged by hand as there is currently no way to automate or even simplify this process. Once the changes have been ported across, the conflicted path is redundant and can be deleted. In this case use the Remove button in the conflict editor dialog to clean up and mark the conflict as resolved. 4377
161 3135 If Developer B decides that A's changes were wrong then she must choose the Keep button in the conflict editor dialog. This marks the conflicted file/folder as resolved, but Developer A's changes need to be removed by hand. Again the log dialog helps to track down what was moved. 4381
162 3163 To resolve this conflict, Developer B has to find out to what filename the conflicted file Foo.c was renamed/moved in the repository. This can be done by using the log dialog. 4413
163 3168 Then developer B has to decide which new filename of Foo.c to keep - the one done by developer A or the rename done by himself. 4418
164 3181 Developer A working on trunk modifies Foo.c and commits it to the repository 4431
165 3185 Developer B working on a branch moves Foo.c to Bar.c and commits it to the repository 4435
166 3199 A merge of developer A's trunk changes to developer B's branch working copy results in a tree conflict: 4449
167 3203 To resolve this conflict, Developer B has to mark the file as resolved in the conflict editor dialog, which will remove it from the conflict list. She then has to decide whether to copy the missing file Foo.c from the repository to the working copy, whether to merge Developer A's changes to Foo.c into the renamed Bar.c or whether to ignore the changes by marking the conflict as resolved and doing nothing else. 4453
168 3207 Note that if you copy the missing file from the repository and then mark as resolved, your copy will be removed again. You have to resolve the conflict first. 4457
169 3220 Developer B working on a branch modifies Foo.c and commits it to the repository. 4470
170 3224 There is an equivalent case for folder moves, but it is not yet detected in Subversion 1.6 ... 4474
171 3228 Developer A working on trunk moves parent folder FooFolder to BarFolder and commits it to the repository. 4478
172 3232 Developer B working on a branch modifies Foo.c in her working copy. 4482
173 3244 To merge her local changes with the reshuffle, Developer B must first find out to what filename the conflicted file Foo.c was renamed/moved in the repository. This can be done by using the log dialog for the merge source. The conflict editor only shows the log for the working copy as it does not know which path was used in the merge, so you will have to find that yourself. The changes must then be merged by hand as there is currently no way to automate or even simplify this process. Once the changes have been ported across, the conflicted path is redundant and can be deleted. In this case use the Remove button in the conflict editor dialog to clean up and mark the conflict as resolved. 4494
174 3248 If Developer B decides that A's changes were wrong then she must choose the Keep button in the conflict editor dialog. This marks the conflicted file/folder as resolved, but Developer A's changes need to be removed by hand. Again the log dialog for the merge source helps to track down what was moved. 4498
175 3256 Developer B working on a branch moves Foo.c to Bix.c and commits it to the repository 4506
176 3272 To resolve this conflict, Developer B has to find out to what filename the conflicted file Foo.c was renamed/moved in the repository. This can be done by using the log dialog for the merge source. The conflict editor only shows the log for the working copy as it does not know which path was used in the merge, so you will have to find that yourself. 4522
177 3276 Other tree conflicts
178 3280 There are other cases which are labelled as tree conflicts simply because the conflict involves a folder rather than a file. For example if you add a folder with the same name to both trunk and branch and then try to merge you will get a tree conflict. If you want to keep the folder from the merge target, just mark the conflict as resolved. If you want to use the one in the merge source then you need to SVN delete the one in the target first and run the merge again. If you need anything more complicated then you have to resolve manually.
179 3358 Now that there are more Tortoise clients around (TortoiseCVS, TortoiseHG, ...) the icon limit becomes a real problem. To work around this, the TortoiseSVN project introduced a common shared icon set, loaded as a DLL, which can be used by all Tortoise clients. Check with your client provider to see if this has been integrated yet :-) 4628
180 3362 For a description of how icon overlays correspond to Subversion status and other technical details, read . 4632
181 3382 The additional columns in the Windows Explorer are not available on Vista, since Microsoft decided to not allow such columns for all files anymore but only for specific file types. 4657
182 3463 At the bottom of the dialog you can see a summary of the range of repository revisions in use in your working copy. These are the commit revisions, not the update revisions; they represent the range of revisions where these files were last committed, not the revisions to which they have been updated. Note that the revision range shown applies only to the items displayed, not to the entire working copy. If you want to see that information for the whole working copy you must check the Show unmodified files checkbox. 4759
183 3503 You can see changelists in several places, but the most important ones are the commit dialog and the check-for-modifications dialog. Let's start in the check-for-modifications dialog after you have worked on several features and many files. When you first open the dialog, all the changed files are listed together. Suppose you now want to organise things and group those files according to feature. 4807
184 3511 Once you have created a changelist you can drag and drop items into it, either from another changelist, or from Windows Explorer. Dragging from Explorer can be useful as it allows you to add items to a changelist before the file is modified. You could do that from the check-for-modifications dialog, but only by displaying all unmodified files. 4816
185 3523 On XP, there is a context menu when you right click on a group heading which gives you the choice to check or uncheck all group entries. On Vista however the context menu is not necessary. Click on the group header to select all entries, then check one of the selected entries to check all. 4830
186 3527 TortoiseSVN reserves one changelist name for its own use, namely ignore-on-commit. This is used to mark versioned files which you almost never want to commit even though they have local changes. This feature is described in . 4834
187 3615 The top pane has an Actions column containing icons that summarize what has been done in that revision. There are four different icons, each shown in its own column. 4944
188 3619 If a revision modified a file or directory, the modified icon is shown in the first column. 4948
189 3631 If a revision replaced a file or directory, the replaced icon is shown in the fourth column. 4964
190 3693 Open / Open with... 5049
191 3706 Blame the file up to the selected revision. (files only). 5066
192 3734 If you want to undo an earlier change permanently, use Revert to this revision instead. 5106
193 3747 If your working copy is in an unmodified state, after you perform this action your working copy will show as modified. If you already have local changes, this command will merge the undo changes into your working copy. 5123
194 3751 What is happening internally is that Subversion performs a reverse merge of all the changes made after the selected revision, undoing the effect of those previous commits. 5127
195 3755 If after performing this action you decide that you want to undo the undo and get your working copy back to its previous unmodified state, you should use TortoiseSVNRevert from within Windows Explorer, which will discard the local modifications made by this reverse merge action. 5131
196 3759 If you simply want to see what a file or folder looked like at an earlier revision, use Update to revision or Save revision as... instead. 5135
197 3772 What is happening internally is that Subversion performs a reverse merge of that one revision, undoing its effect from a previous commit. 5152
198 3776 You can undo the undo as described above in Revert to this revision. 5156
199 3784 Merge the selected revision(s) into a different working copy. A folder selection dialog allows you to choose the working copy to merge into, but after that there is no confirmation dialog, nor any opportunity to try a test merge. It is a good idea to merge into an unmodified working copy so that you can revert the changes if it doesn't work out! This is a useful feature if you want to merge selected revisions from one branch to another. 5166
200 3816 View and edit any revision property, not just log message and author. Refer to . 5207
201 3821 Copy to clipboard 5212
202 3838 The top pane of the Log dialog has a context menu that allows you to access much more information. Some of these menu entries appear only when the log is shown for a file, and some only when the log is shown for a folder. 5232
203 3866 Show differences as unified diff 5269
204 3890 You can also choose to merge the selected revisions to another working copy, as described above. 5299
205 3894 If all selected revisions have the same author, you can edit the author of all those revisions in one go. 5303
206 3906 Show changes made in the selected revision for the selected file.
207 3931 Opens the Blame dialog, allowing you to blame up to the selected revision. 5354
208 3959 Show the revision log for the selected single file, including merged changes. Find out more in . 5391
209 3971 You may notice that sometimes we refer to changes and other times to differences. What's the difference? 5405
210 3975 Subversion uses revision numbers to mean 2 different things. A revision generally represents the state of the repository at a point in time, but it can also be used to represent the changeset which created that revision, eg. Done in r1234 means that the changes committed in r1234 implement feature X. To make it clearer which sense is being used, we use two different terms. 5409
211 3979 If you select two revisions N and M, the context menu will offer to show the difference between those two revisions. In Subversion terms this is diff -r M:N. 5413
212 3983 If you select a single revision N, the context menu will offer to show the changes made in that revision. In Subversion terms this is diff -r N-1:N or diff -c N. 5417
213 3987 The bottom pane shows the files changed in all selected revisions, so the context menu always offers to show changes. 5421
214 4039 Because the log dialog shows you the log from HEAD, not from the current working copy revision, it often happens that there are log messages shown for content which has not yet been updated in your working copy. To help make this clearer, the commit message which corresponds to the revision you have in your working copy is shown in bold. 5487
215 4043 When you show the log for a folder the revision highlighted is the highest revision found anywhere within that folder, which requires a crawl of the working copy. The crawl takes place within a separate thread so as not to delay showing the log, but as a result highlighting for folders may not appear immediately. 5491
216 4047 Merge Tracking Features 5495
217 4055 Subversion 1.5 and later keeps a record of merges using properties. This allows us to get a more detailed history of merged changes. For example, if you develop a new feature on a branch and then merge that branch back to trunk, the feature development will show up on the trunk log as a single commit for the merge, even though there may have been 1000 commits during branch development. 5505
218 4059 The Log Dialog Showing Merge Tracking Revisions 5509
219 4063 If you want to see the detail of which revisions were merged as part of that commit, use the Include merged revisions checkbox. This will fetch the log messages again, but will also interleave the log messages from revisions which were merged. Merged revisions are shown in grey because they represent changes made on a different part of the tree. 5513
220 4067 Of course, merging is never simple! During feature development on the branch there will probably be occasional merges back from trunk to keep the branch in sync with the main line code. So the merge history of the branch will also include another layer of merge history. These different layers are shown in the log dialog using indentation levels. 5517
221 4087 Revision properties are completely different from the Subversion properties of each item. Revprops are descriptive items which are associated with one specific revision number in the repository, such as log message, commit date and committer name (author). 5543
222 4119 Click on the search icon to select which information you want to search in, and to choose regex mode. Normally you will only need a simple sub-string search, but if you need to more flexible search terms, you can use regular expressions. If you hover the mouse over the box, a tooltip will give hints on how to use the regex functions, or the sub-string functions. The filter works by checking whether your filter string matches the log entries, and then only those entries which match the filter string are shown.
223 4123 Simple sub-string search works in a manner similar to a search engine. Strings to search for are separated by spaces, and all strings must match. You can use a leading - to specify that a particular sub-string is not found (invert matching for that term), and you can use ! at the start of the expression to invert matching for the entire expression. You can use quote marks to surround a string which must contain spaces, and if you want to search for a literal quotation mark you can use two quotation marks together as a self-escaping sequence. Note that the backslash character is not used as an escape character and has no special significance in simple sub-string searches. Examples will make this easier: \n
Alice Bob -Eve\n
searches for strings containing both Alice and Bob but not Eve \n
!Alice Bob\n
searches for strings which do not contain both Alice and Bob \n
!-Alice -Bob\n
do you remember De Morgan's theorem? NOT(NOT Alice AND NOT Bob) reduces to (Alice OR Bob). \n
\"Alice and Bob\"\n
searches for the literal expression Alice and Bob\n
\"\"\n
searches for a double-quote anywhere in the text \n
\"Alice says \"\"hi\"\" to Bob\"\n
searches for the literal expression Alice says \"hi\" to Bob
224 4127 Describing the use of regular expression searches is beyond the scope of this manual, but you can find online documentation and a tutorial at http://www.regular-expressions.info/.
225 4135 You can also filter the path names in the bottom pane using the Show only affected paths checkbox. Affected paths are those which contain the path used to display the log. If you fetch the log for a folder, that means anything in that folder or below it. For a file it means just that one file. Normally the path list shows any other paths which are affected by the same commit, but in grey. If the box is checked, those paths are hidden.
226 4139 Sometimes your working practices will require log messages to follow a particular format, which means that the text describing the changes is not visible in the abbreviated summary shown in the top pane. The property tsvn:logsummary can be used to extract a portion of the log message to be shown in the top pane. Read to find out how to use this property. 5607
227 4147 Because the formatting depends upon accessing subversion properties, you will only see the results when using a checked out working copy. Fetching properties remotely is a slow operation, so you will not see this feature in action from the repo browser. 5617
228 4215 Offline Mode 5703
229 4219 Go Offline Dialog 5707
230 4223 If the server is not reachable, and you have log caching enabled you can use the log dialog and revision graph in offline mode. This uses data from the cache, which allows you to continue working although the information may not be up-to-date or even complete. 5711
231 4227 Offline for now 5715
232 4231 Complete the current operation in offline mode, but retry the repository next time log data is requested. 5719
233 4235 Permanently offline 5723
234 4239 Remain in offline mode until a repository check is specifically requested. See . 5727
235 4243 Cancel 5731
236 4247 If you don't want to continue the operation with possibly stale data, just cancel. 5735
237 4255 The Make this the default checkbox prevents this dialog from re-appearing and always picks the option you choose next. You can still change (or remove) the default after doing this from TortoiseSVNSettings. 5745
238 4260 Refreshing the View 5750
239 4264 If you want to check the server again for newer log messages, you can simply refresh the view using F5. If you are using the log cache (enabled by default), this will check the repository for newer messages and fetch only the new ones. If the log cache was in offline mode, this will also attempt to go back online. 5754
240 4268 If you are using the log cache and you think the message content or author may have changed, you can use Shift-F5 or Ctrl-F5 to re-fetch the displayed messages from the server and update the log cache. Note that this only affects messages currently shown and does not invalidate the entire cache for that repository. 5758
241 4321 If you want to see the difference between the last committed revision and your working copy, assuming that the working copy hasn't been modified, just right click on the file. Then select TortoiseSVNDiff with previous version. This will perform a diff between the revision before the last-commit-date (as recorded in your working copy) and the working BASE. This shows you the last change made to that file to bring it to the state you now see in your working copy. It will not show changes newer than your working copy. 5825
242 4377 If you have configured a third party diff tool, you can use Shift when selecting the Diff command to use the alternate tool. Read to find out about configuring other diff tools. 5896
243 4381 Line-end and Whitespace Options 5900
244 4385 Sometimes in the life of a project you might change the line endings from CRLF to LF, or you may change the indentation of a section. Unfortunately this will mark a large number of lines as changed, even though there is no change to the meaning of the code. The options here will help to manage these changes when it comes to comparing and applying differences. You will see these settings in the Merge and Blame dialogs, as well as in the settings for TortoiseMerge. 5904
245 4389 Ignore line endings excludes changes which are due solely to difference in line-end style. 5908
246 4393 Compare whitespaces includes all changes in indentation and inline whitespace as added/removed lines. 5912
247 4397 Ignore whitespace changes excludes changes which are due solely to a change in the amount or type of whitespace, eg. changing the indentation or changing tabs to spaces. Adding whitespace where there was none before, or removing a whitespace completely is still shown as a change. 5916
248 4401 Ignore all whitespaces excludes all whitespace-only changes. 5920
249 4405 Naturally, any line with changed content is always included in the diff. 5924
250 4433 You can export a change tree, which is useful if you need to send someone else your project tree structure, but containing only the files which have changed. This operation works on the selected files only, so you need to select the files of interest - usually that means all of them - and then Context menuExport selection to.... You will be prompted for a location to save the change tree. 5958
251 4453 If the list of filenames is very long, you can use the search box to reduce the list to filenames containing specific text. Note that a simple text search is used, so if you want to restrict the list to C source files you should enter .c rather than *.c. 5983
252 4489 When the images are overlaid, the relative intensity of the images (alpha blend) is controlled by a slider control at the left side. You can click anywhere in the slider to set the blend directly, or you can drag the slider to change the blend interactively. Ctrl+Shift-Wheel to change the blend. 6030
253 4493 The button above the slider toggles between 0% and 100% blends, and if you double click the button, the blend toggles automatically every second until you click the button again. This can be useful when looking for multiple small changes. 6034
254 4497 Sometimes you want to see a difference rather than a blend. You might have the image files for two revisions of a printed circuit board and want to see which tracks have changed. If you disable alpha blend mode, the difference will be shown as an XOR of the pixel colour values. Unchanged areas will be plain white and changes will be coloured. 6038
255 4648 Copying/Moving/Renaming Files and Folders 6228
256 4674 It often happens that you already have the files you need in another project in your repository, and you simply want to copy them across. You could simply copy the files and add them as described above, but that would not give you any history. And if you subsequently fix a bug in the original files, you can only merge the fix automatically if the new copy is related to the original in Subversion. 6260
257 4678 The easiest way to copy files and folders from within a working copy is to use the right-drag menu. When you right-drag a file or folder from one working copy to another, or even within the same folder, a context menu appears when you release the mouse. Now you can copy existing versioned content to a new location, possibly renaming it at the same time. 6264
258 4682 You can also copy or move versioned files within a working copy, or between two working copies, using the familiar cut-and-paste method. Use the standard Windows Copy or Cut to copy one or more versioned items to the clipboard. If the clipboard contains such versioned items, you can then use TortoiseSVNPaste (note: not the standard Windows Paste) to copy or move those items to the new working copy location. 6268
259 4694 You can also use the repository browser to locate content you want, and copy it into your working copy directly from the repository, or copy between two locations within the repository. Refer to to find out more. 6284
260 4702 Whilst you can copy or move files and folders within a repository, you cannot copy or move from one repository to another while preserving history using TortoiseSVN. Not even if the repositories live on the same server. All you can do is copy the content in its current state and add it as new content to the second repository. 6294
261 4706 If you are uncertain whether two URLs on the same server refer to the same or different repositories, use the repo browser to open one URL and find out where the repository root is. If you can see both locations in one repo browser window then they are in the same repository. 6298
262 4806 You should not include path information in your pattern. The pattern matching is intended to be used against plain file names and folder names. If you want to ignore all CVS folders, just add CVS to the ignore list. There is no need to specify CVS */CVS as you did in earlier versions. If you want to ignore all tmp folders when they exist within a prog folder but not within a doc folder you should use the svn:ignore property instead. There is no reliable way to achieve this using global ignore patterns. 6424
263 4908 Another way of moving or copying files is to use the Windows copy/cut commands. Select the files you want to copy, right-click and choose Context MenuCopy from the explorer context menu. Then browse to the target folder, right-click and choose TortoiseSVNPaste. For moving files, choose Context MenuCut instead of Context MenuCopy.
264 4924 Changing case in a filename 6574
265 4932 Making case-only changes to a filename is tricky with Subversion on Windows, because for a short time during a rename, both filenames have to exist. As Windows has a case-insensitive file system, this does not work using the usual Rename command. 6584
266 4973 Dealing with filename case conflicts 6635
267 4981 This sometimes happens when two people commit, from separate working copies, files which happen to have the same name, but with a case difference. It can also happen when files are committed from a system with a case-sensitive file system, like Linux. 6645
268 5050 If you want to undo a deletion or a rename, you need to use Revert on the parent folder as the deleted item does not exist for you to right-click on. 6725
269 5063 Since revert is sometimes used to clean up a working copy, there is an extra button which allows you to delete unversioned items as well. When you click this button another dialog comes up listing all the unversioned items, which you can then select for deletion. 6741
270 5079 When you revert changes you may find that the operation takes a lot longer than you expect. This is because the modified version of the file is sent to the recycle bin, so you can retrieve your changes if you reverted by mistake. However, if your recycle bin is full, Windows takes a long time to find a place to put the file. The solution is simple: either empty the recycle bin or deactivate the Use recycle bin when reverting box in TortoiseSVN's settings. 6761
271 5154 expand keywords 6858
272 5158 Date of last known commit. This is based on information obtained when you update your working copy. It does not check the repository to find more recent changes. 6862
273 5162 Revision of last known commit. 6866
274 5166 Author who made the last known commit. 6870
275 5174 A compressed combination of the previous four keywords. 6880
276 5178 Subversion supports CVS-like keyword expansion which can be used to embed filename and revision information within the file itself. Keywords currently supported are: 6884
277 5226 Edit properties at HEAD revision
278 5230 Because properties are versioned, you cannot edit the properties of previous revisions. If you look at properties from the log dialog, or from a non-HEAD revision in the repository browser, you will see a list of properties and values, but no edit controls.
279 5250 If you want to add properties to a tree recursively, follow the steps above, then in the property dialog select each property in turn, click on Edit..., check the Apply property recursively box and click on OK. 6965
280 5254 The Import file format is binary and proprietary to TortoiseSVN. Its only purpose is to transfer properties using Import and Export, so there is no need to edit these files. 6969
281 5274 auto-props 6994
282 5282 You can edit the subversion configuration file to enable this feature on your client. The General page of TortoiseSVN's settings dialog has an edit button to take you there directly. The config file is a simple text file which controls some of subversion's workings. You need to change two things: firstly in the section headed miscellany uncomment the line enable-auto-props = yes. Secondly you need to edit the section below to define which properties you want added to which file types. This method is a standard subversion feature and works with any subversion client. However it has to be defined on each client individually - there is no way to propagate these settings from the repository. 7004
283 5286 An alternative method is to set the tsvn:autoprops property on folders, as described in the next section. This method only works for TortoiseSVN clients, but it does get propagated to all working copies on update. 7008
284 5290 Whichever method you choose, you should note that auto-props are only applied to files at the time they are added to the repository. Auto-props will never change the properties of files which are already versioned. 7012
285 5294 If you want to be absolutely sure that new files have the correct properties applied, you should set up a repository pre-commit hook to reject commits where the required properties are not set. 7016
286 5342 Subversion allows you to set autoprops which will be applied to newly added or imported files, based on the file extension. This depends on every client having set appropriate autoprops in their subversion configuration file. tsvn:autoprops can be set on folders and these will be merged with the user's local autoprops when importing or adding files. The format is the same as for subversion autoprops, e.g. *.sh = svn:eol-style=native;svn:executable sets two properties on files with the .sh extension. 7078
287 5346 If there is a conflict between the local autoprops and tsvn:autoprops, the project settings take precedence because they are specific to that project. 7082
288 5362 The property tsvn:logsummary is used to extract a portion of the log message which is then shown in the log dialog as the log message summary. 7103
289 5366 The value of the tsvn:logsummary property must be set to a one line regex string which contains one regex group. Whatever matches that group is used as the summary. 7107
290 5370 An example: \\[SUMMARY\\]:\\s+(.*) Will catch everything after [SUMMARY] in the log message and use that as the summary. 7111
291 5374 The property tsvn:logrevregex defines a regular expression which matches references to revisions in a log message. This is used in the log dialog to turn such references into links which when clicked will either scroll to that revision (if the revision is already shown in the log dialog, or if it's available from the log cache) or open a new log dialog showing that revision. 7115
292 5378 The regular expression must match the whole reference, not just the revision number. The revision number is extracted from the matched reference string automatically. 7119
293 5382 If this property is not set, a default regular expression is used to link revision references. 7123
294 5423 When you add new sub-folders to a working copy using TortoiseSVN, any project properties present in the parent folder will automatically be added to the new child folder too.
295 5428 Limitations Using the Repository Browser
296 5432 Fetching properties remotely is a slow operation, so some of the features described above will not work in the repository browser as they do in a working copy.
297 5436 When you add a property using the repo browser, only the standard svn: properties are offered in the pre-defined list. Any other property name must be entered manually.
298 5440 Properties cannot be set or deleted recursively using the repo browser.
299 5444 Project properties will not be propagated automatically when a child folder is added using the repo browser.
300 5448 tsvn:autoprops will not set properties on files which are added using the repo browser.
301 5452 Although TortoiseSVN's project properties are extremely useful, they only work with TortoiseSVN, and some will only work in newer versions of TortoiseSVN. If people working on your project use a variety of Subversion clients, or possibly have old versions of TortoiseSVN, you may want to use repository hooks to enforce project policies. project properties can only help to implement a policy, they cannot enforce it. 7179
302 5481 URLs must be properly escaped or they will not work, e.g. you must replace each space with %20 as shown in the second example above. 7228
303 5485 If you want the local path to include spaces or other special characters, you can enclose it in double quotes, or you can use the \\ (backslash) character as a Unix shell style escape character preceding any special character. Of course this also means that you must use / (forward slash) as a path delimiter. Note that this behaviour is new in Subversion 1.6 and will not work with older clients. 7232
304 5501 The format shown here was introduced in Subversion 1.5. You may also see the older format which has the same information in a different order. The new format is preferred as it supports several useful features described below, but it will not work on older clients. The differences are shown in the Subversion Book. 7254
305 5506 If the external project is in the same repository, any changes you make there will be included in the commit list when you commit your main project.
306 5515 If you use absolute URLs in svn:externals definitions and you have to relocate your working copy (i.e., if the URL of your repository changes), then your externals won't change and might not work anymore. 7270
307 5519 To avoid such problems, Subversion clients version 1.5 and higher support relative external URLs. Four different methods of specifying a relative URL are supported. In the following examples, assume we have two repositories: one at http://example.com/svn/repos-1 and another at http://example.com/svn/repos-2. We have a checkout of http://example.com/svn/repos-1/project/trunk into C:\\Working and the svn:externals property is set on trunk. 7274
308 5523 Relative to parent directory 7278
309 5527 These URLs always begin with the string ../ for example: \n
../../widgets/foo common/foo-widget\n
This will extract http://example.com/svn/repos-1/widgets/foo into C:\\Working\\common\\foo-widget.
7282
310 5531 Note that the URL is relative to the URL of the directory with the svn:externals property, not to the directory where the external is written to disk. 7289
311 5539 These URLs always begin with the string ^/ for example: \n
^/widgets/foo common/foo-widget\n
This will extract http://example.com/svn/repos-1/widgets/foo into C:\\Working\\common\\foo-widget.
7299
312 5543 You can easily refer to other repositories with the same SVNParentPath (a common directory holding several repositories). For example: \n
^/../repos-2/hammers/claw common/claw-hammer\n
This will extract http://example.com/svn/repos-2/hammers/claw into C:\\Working\\common\\claw-hammer.
7306
313 5547 Relative to scheme 7313
314 5551 URLs beginning with the string // copy only the scheme part of the URL. This is useful when the same hostname must the accessed with different schemes depending upon network location; e.g. clients in the intranet use http:// while external clients use svn+ssh://. For example: \n
//example.com/svn/repos-1/widgets/foo common/foo-widget\n
This will extract http://example.com/svn/repos-1/widgets/foo or svn+ssh://example.com/svn/repos-1/widgets/foo depending on which method was used to checkout C:\\Working.
7317
315 5555 Relative to the server's hostname 7324
316 5559 URLs beginning with the string / copy the scheme and the hostname part of the URL, for example: \n
/svn/repos-1/widgets/foo common/foo-widget\n
This will extract http://example.com/svn/repos-1/widgets/foo into C:\\Working\\common\\foo-widget. But if you checkout your working copy from another server at svn+ssh://another.mirror.net/svn/repos-1/project1/trunk then the external reference will extract svn+ssh://another.mirror.net/svn/repos-1/widgets/foo.
7328
317 5563 You can also specify a peg revision after the URL if required, e.g. http://sounds.red-bean.com/repos@19. 7335
318 5579 As of Subversion 1.6 you can add single file externals to your working copy using the same syntax as for folders. However, there are some restrictions. 7355
319 5583 The path to the file external must place the file in an existing versioned folder. In general it makes most sense to place the file directly in the folder that has svn:externals set, but it can be in a versioned sub-folder if necessary. By contrast, directory externals will automatically create any intermediate unversioned folders as required. 7359
320 5587 The URL for a file external must be in the same repository as the URL that the file external will be inserted into; inter-repository file externals are not supported. 7363
321 5591 A file external behaves just like any other versioned file in many respects, but they cannot be moved or deleted using the normal commands; the svn:externals property must be modified instead. 7367
322 5595 File externals support incomplete in Subversion 1.6 7371
323 5599 In subversion 1.6 it is not possible to remove a file external from your working copy once you have added it, even if you delete the svn:externals property altogether. You have to checkout a fresh working copy to remove the file. 7375
324 5685 You can also create a branch or tag without having a working copy. To do that, open the repository browser. You can there drag folders to a new location. You have to hold down the Ctrl key while you drag to create a copy, otherwise the folder gets moved, not copied. 7495
325 5689 You can also drag a folder with the right mouse button. Once you release the mouse button you can choose from the context menu whether you want the folder to be moved or copied. Of course to create a branch or tag you must copy the folder, not move it. 7499
326 5693 Yet another way is from the log dialog. You can show the log dialog for e.g. trunk, select a revision (either the HEAD revision at the very top or an earlier revision), right-click and choose create branch/tag from revision... 7503
327 5772 The next point to note is that merging always takes place within a working copy. If you want to merge changes into a branch, you have to have a working copy for that branch checked out, and invoke the merge wizard from that working copy using TortoiseSVNMerge.... 7605
328 5792 What you are asking Subversion to do is this: Calculate the changes necessary to get [FROM] revision 1 of branch A [TO] revision 7 of branch A, and apply those changes to my working copy (of trunk or branch B). 7631
329 5797 Reintegrate a branch 7636
330 5805 This is a special case of the tree merge described below, and it requires only the URL to merge from (normally) your development branch. It uses the merge-tracking features of Subversion to calculate the correct revision ranges to use, and perform additional checks which ensure that the branch has been fully updated with trunk changes. This ensures that you don't accidentally undo work that others have committed to trunk since you last synchronized changes. 7646
331 5809 After the merge, all branch development has been completely merged back into the main development line. The branch is now redundant and can be deleted. 7650
332 5813 Once you have performed a reintegrate merge you should not continue to use it for development. The reason for this is that if you try to resynchronize your existing branch from trunk later on, merge tracking will see your reintegration as a trunk change that has not yet been merged into the branch, and will try to merge the branch-to-trunk merge back into the branch! The solution to this is simply to create a new branch from trunk to continue the next phase of your development. 7654
333 5821 This is a more general case of the reintegrate method. What you are asking Subversion to do is: Calculate the changes necessary to get [FROM] the head revision of the trunk [TO] the head revision of the branch, and apply those changes to my working copy (of the trunk). The net result is that trunk now looks exactly like the branch. 7664
334 5825 If your server/repository does not support merge-tracking then this is the only way to merge a branch back to trunk. Another use case occurs when you are using vendor branches and you need to merge the changes following a new vendor drop into your trunk code. For more information read the chapter on vendor branches in the Subversion Book. 7668
335 5837 The Merge Wizard - Select Revision Range 7683
336 5845 In the Revision range to merge field enter the list of revisions you want to merge. This can be a single revision, a list of specific revisions separated by commas, or a range of revisions separated by a dash, or any combination of these. 7693
337 5849 There is an important difference in the way a revision range is specified with TortoiseSVN compared to the command line client. The easiest way to visualise it is to think of a fence with posts and fence panels. 7697
338 5853 With the command line client you specify the changes to merge using two fence post revisions which specify the before and after points. 7701
339 5857 With TortoiseSVN you specify the changeset to merge using fence panels. The reason for this becomes clear when you use the log dialog to specify revisions to merge, where each revision appears as a changeset. 7705
340 5861 If you are merging revisions in chunks, the method shown in the subversion book will have you merge 100-200 this time and 200-300 next time. With TortoiseSVN you would merge 100-200 this time and 201-300 next time. 7709
341 5865 This difference has generated a lot of heat on the mailing lists. We acknowledge that there is a difference from the command line client, but we believe that for the majority of GUI users it is easier to understand the method we have implemented. 7713
342 5873 If you want to merge changes back out of your working copy, to revert a change which has already been committed, select the revisions to revert and make sure the Reverse merge box is checked. 7723
343 5881 If you are using the merge tracking features of Subversion, you do not need to remember which revisions have already been merged - Subversion will record that for you. If you leave the revision range blank, all revisions which have not yet been merged will be included. Read to find out more. 7733
344 5889 Click Next and go to 7742
345 5897 The Merge Wizard - Reintegrate Merge 7752
346 5901 To merge a feature branch back into the trunk you must start the merge wizard from within a working copy of the trunk. 7756
347 5909 There are some conditions which apply to a reintegrate merge. Firstly, the server must support merge tracking. The working copy must be of depth infinite (no sparse checkouts), and it must not have any local modifications, switched items or items that have been updated to revisions other than HEAD. All changes to trunk made during branch development must have been merged across to the branch (or marked as having been merged). The range of revisions to merge will be calculated automatically. 7766
348 5917 two trees 7775
349 5921 The Merge Wizard - Tree Merge 7779
350 5925 If you are using this method to merge a feature branch back to trunk, you need to start the merge wizard from within a working copy of trunk. 7783
351 5949 This page of the wizard lets you specify advanced options, before starting the merge process. Most of the time you can just use the default settings. 7816
352 5953 You can specify the depth to use for the merge, i.e. how far down into your working copy the merge should go. The depth terms used are described in . The default depth is Working copy, which uses the existing depth setting, and is almost always what you want. 7820
353 5961 You can specify the way that line ending and whitespace changes are handled. These options are described in . The default behaviour is to treat all whitespace and line-end differences as real changes to be merged. 7830
354 5965 The checkbox marked Force the merge is used to avoid a tree conflict where an incoming delete affects a file that is either modified locally or not versioned at all. If the file is deleted then there is no way to recover it, which is why that option is not checked by default. 7834
355 5969 If you are using merge tracking and you want to mark a revision as having been merged, without actually doing the merge here, check the Only record the merge checkbox. There are two possible reasons you might want to do this. It may be that the merge is too complicated for the merge algorithms, so you code the changes by hand, then mark the change as merged so that the merge tracking algorithm is aware of it. Or you might want to prevent a particular revision from being merged. Marking it as already merged will prevent the merge occurring with merge-tracking-aware clients. 7838
356 5973 Now everything is set up, all you have to do is click on the Merge button. If you want to preview the results Test Merge simulates the merge operation, but does not modify the working copy at all. It shows you a list of the files that will be changed by a real merge, and notes files where conflicts may occur. Because merge tracking makes the merge process a lot more complicated, there is no guaranteed way to find out in advance whether the merge will complete without conflicts, so files marked as conflicted in a test merge may in fact merge without any problem.
357 5977 The merge progress dialog shows each stage of the merge, with the revision ranges involved. This may indicate one more revision than you were expecting. For example if you asked to merge revision 123 the progress dialog will report Merging revisions 122 through 123. To understand this you need to remember that Merge is closely related to Diff. The merge process works by generating a list of differences between two points in the repository, and applying those differences to your working copy. The progress dialog is simply showing the start and end points for the diff. 7848
358 5985 The merge is now complete. It's a good idea to have a look at the merge and see if it's as expected. Merging is usually quite complicated. Conflicts often arise if the branch has drifted far from the trunk. 7858
359 5993 If your server and all clients are running Subversion 1.5 or higher, the merge tracking facility will record the revisions merged and avoid a revision being merged more than once. This makes your life much simpler as you can simply merge the entire revision range each time and know that only new revisions will actually be merged. 7868
360 6017 You can avoid the danger of merging the same revision twice (repeated merge problem). Once a revision is marked as having been merged, future merges which include that revision in the range will skip over it. 7901
361 6021 When you merge a branch back into trunk, the log dialog can show you the branch commits as part of the trunk log, giving better traceability of changes. 7905
362 6025 When you show the log dialog from within the merge dialog, revisions already merged are shown in grey. 7909
363 6029 When showing blame information for a file, you can choose to show the original author of merged revisions, rather than the person who did the merge. 7913
364 6033 You can mark revisions as do not merge by including them in the list of merged revisions without actually doing the merge. 7917
365 6037 Subversion 1.5 introduced facilities for merge tracking. When you merge changes from one tree into another, the revision numbers merged are stored and this information can be used for several different purposes. 7921
366 6041 Merge tracking information is stored in the svn:mergeinfo property by the client when it performs a merge. When the merge is committed the server stores that information in a database, and when you request merge, log or blame information, the server can respond appropriately. For the system to work properly you must ensure that the server, the repository and all clients are upgraded. Earlier clients will not store the svn:mergeinfo property and earlier servers will not provide the information requested by new clients. 7925
367 6049 Handling Conflicts during Merge 7935
368 6061 Merging does not always go smoothly. Sometimes there is a conflict, and if you are merging multiple ranges, you generally want to resolve the conflict before merging of the next range starts. TortoiseSVN helps you through this process by showing the merge conflict callback dialog. 7951
369 6065 Choosing Prefer local will select your local changes in every conflict. Likewise, Prefer repository will select the repository changes in every conflict. This sounds easy, but the conflicts often cover more lines than you think they will and you may get unexpected results.
370 6069 Normally you will want to look at the conflicts and resolve them yourself. In that case, choose the Edit Conflict which will start up your merge tool. When you are satisfied with the result, click Resolved.
371 6073 The last option is to postpone resolution and continue with merging. You can choose to do that for the current conflicted file, or for all files in the rest of the merge. However, if there are further changes in that file, it will not be possible to complete the merge. 7963
372 6077 It is likely that some of the changes will have merged smoothly, while other local changes conflict with changes already committed to the repository. All changes which can be merged are merged. The Merge Conflict Callback dialog gives you three different ways of handling the lines which are in conflict.
373 6081 If you do not want to use this interactive callback, there is a checkbox in the merge progress dialog Merge non-interactive. If this is set for a merge and the merge would result in a conflict, the file is marked as in conflict and the merge goes on. You will have to resolve the conflicts after the whole merge is finished. If it is not set, then before a file is marked as conflicted you get the chance to resolve the conflict during the merge. This has the advantage that if a file gets multiple merges (multiple revisions apply a change to that file), subsequent merges might succeed depending on which lines are affected. But of course you can't walk away to get a coffee while the merge is running ;) 7973
374 6085 Merge a Completed Branch 7977
375 6097 If you want to merge all changes from a feature branch back to trunk, then you can use the TortoiseSVNMerge reintegrate... from the extended context menu (hold down the Shift key while you right click on the file). This dialog is very easy. All you have to do is set the options for the merge, as described in . The rest is done by TortoiseSVN automatically using merge tracking. 7993
376 6101 Feature Branch Maintenance 7997
377 6105 When you develop a new feature on a separate branch it is a good idea to work out a policy for re-integration when the feature is complete. If other work is going on in trunk at the same time you may find that the differences become significant over time, and merging back becomes a nightmare. 8001
378 6109 If the feature is relatively simple and development will not take long then you can adopt a simple approach, which is to keep the branch entirely separate until the feature is complete, then merge the branch changes back into trunk. In the merge wizard this would be a simple Merge a range of revisions, with the revision range being the revision span of the branch. 8005
379 6113 If the feature is going to take longer and you need to account for changes in trunk, then you need to keep the branch synchronised. This simply means that periodically you merge trunk changes into the branch, so that the branch contains all the trunk changes plus the new feature. The synchronisation process uses Merge a range of revisions. When the feature is complete then you can merge it back to trunk using either Reintegrate a branch or Merge two different trees. 8009
380 6125 readonly 8023
381 6377 You can specify the way that line ending and whitespace changes are handled. These options are described in . The default behaviour is to treat all whitespace and line-end differences as real changes, but if you want to ignore an indentation change and find the original author, you can choose an appropriate option here. 8343
382 6413 If you need a better visual indicator of where the oldest and newest changes are, select ViewColor age of lines. This will use a colour gradient to show newer lines in red and older lines in blue. The default colouring is quite light, but you can change it using the TortoiseBlame settings. 8387
383 6417 If you are using Merge Tracking, where lines have changed as a result of merging from another path, TortoiseBlame will show the revision and author of the last change in the original file rather than the revision where the merge took place. These lines are indicated by showing the revision and author in italics. If you do not want merged lines shown in this way, uncheck the Include merge info checkbox. 8391
384 6486 The repository browser looks very similar to the Windows explorer, except that it is showing the content of the repository at a particular revision rather than files on your computer. In the left pane you can see a directory tree, and in the right pane are the contents of the selected directory. At the top of the Repository Browser Window you can enter the URL of the repository and the revision you want to browse. 8482
385 6490 Just like Windows explorer, you can click on the column headings in the right pane if you want to set the sort order. And as in explorer there are context menus available in both panes. 8486
386 6498 Show the revision log for that file, or show a graph of all revisions so you can see where the file came from. 8496
387 6502 Blame the file, to see who changed which line and when. 8500
388 6506 Delete or rename the file. 8504
389 6510 Make a copy of the file, either to a different part of the repository, or to a working copy rooted in the same repository. 8508
390 6514 View/Edit the file's properties. 8512
391 6518 The context menu for a file allows you to: 8516
392 6522 Show the revision log for that folder, or show a graph of all revisions so you can see where the folder came from. 8520
393 6526 Export the folder to a local unversioned copy on your hard drive. 8524
394 6530 Checkout the folder to produce a local working copy on your hard drive. 8528
395 6542 Delete or rename the folder. 8544
396 6546 Make a copy of the folder, either to a different part of the repository, or to a working copy rooted in the same repository. This can also be used to create a branch/tag without the need to have a working copy checked out. 8548
397 6554 Mark the folder for comparison. A marked folder is shown in bold. 8558
398 6562 The context menu for a folder allows you to: 8568
399 6570 If you select multiple folders in the right pane, you can checkout all of them at once into a common parent folder. 8578
400 6578 You can use F5 to refresh the view as usual. This will refresh everything which is currently displayed. If you want to pre-fetch or refresh the information for nodes which have not been opened yet, use Ctrl-F5. After that, expanding any node will happen instantly without a network delay while the information is fetched. 8587
401 6630 The good news is that if you are using log caching, you only have to suffer this delay once. After that, log data is held locally. Log caching is enabled in TortoiseSVN's settings. 8657
402 6638 Added or copied items 8667
403 6642 Items which have been added, or created by copying another file/folder are shown using a rounded rectangle. The default colour is green. Tags and trunks are treated as a special case and use a different shade, depending on the TortoiseSVNSettings 8671
404 6658 Renamed items are also shown using an octagon, but the default colour is blue. 8693
405 6666 The graph is normally restricted to showing branch points, but it is often useful to be able to see the respective HEAD revision for each branch too. If you select Show HEAD revisions, each HEAD revision nodes will be shown as an ellipse. Note that HEAD here refers to the last revision committed on that path, not to the HEAD revision of the repository. 8702
406 6674 If you invoked the revision graph from a working copy, you can opt to show the BASE revision on the graph using Show WC revision, which marks the BASE node with a bold outline. 8712
407 6682 If you invoked the revision graph from a working copy, you can opt to show an additional node representing your modified working copy using Show WC modifications. This is an elliptical node with a bold outline in red by default. 8722
408 6694 Each revision graph node represents a revision in the repository where something changed in the tree you are looking at. Different types of node can be distinguished by shape and colour. The shapes are fixed, but colours can be set using TortoiseSVNSettings 8737
409 6702 The default view (grouping off) places the nodes such that their vertical position is in strict revision order, so you have a visual cue for the order in which things were done. Where two nodes are in the same column the order is very obvious. When two nodes are in adjacent columns the offset is much smaller because there is no need to prevent the nodes from overlapping, and as a result the order is a little less obvious. Such optimisations are necessary to keep complex graphs to a reasonable size. Please note that this ordering uses the edge of the node on the older side as a reference, i.e. the bottom edge of the node when the graph is shown with oldest node at the bottom. The reference edge is significant because the node shapes are not all the same height. 8747
410 6706 Changing the View 8751
411 6714 The default behavior (grouping off) has all rows sorted strictly by revision. As a result, long-living branches with sparse commits occupy a whole column for only a few changes and the graph becomes very broad. 8761
412 6718 This mode groups changes by branch, so that there is no global revision ordering: Consecutive revisions on a branch will be shown in (often) consecutive lines. Sub-branches, however, are arranged in such a way that later branches will be shown in the same column above older branches to keep the graph slim. As a result, a given row may contain changes from different revisions. 8765
413 6722 Oldest on top 8769
414 6726 Normally the graph shows the oldest revision at the bottom, and the tree grows upwards. Use this option to grow down from the top instead. 8773
415 6730 Align trees on top 8777
416 6734 When a graph is broken into several smaller trees, the trees may appear either in natural revision order, or aligned at the bottom of the window, depending on whether you are using the Group Branches option. Use this option to grow all trees down from the top instead. 8781
417 6738 Reduce cross lines 8785
418 6742 If the layout of the graph has produced a lot of crossing lines, use this option to clean it up. This may make the layout columns appear in less logical places, for example in a diagonal line rather than a column, and the graph may require a larger area to draw. 8789
419 6746 Differential path names 8793
420 6750 Long path names can take a lot of space and make the node boxes very large. Use this option to show only the changed part of a path, replacing the common part with dots. E.g. if you create a branch /branches/1.2.x/doc/html from /trunk/doc/html the branch could be shown in compact form as /branches/1.2.x/.. because the last two levels, doc and html, did not change. 8797
421 6758 This does just what you expect and shows every revision where something (in the tree that you are graphing) has changed. For long histories this can produce a truly huge graph. 8807
422 6766 This ensures that the latest revision on every branch is always shown on the graph. 8816
423 6770 Exact copy sources 8820
424 6774 When a branch/tag is made, the default behaviour is to show the branch as taken from the last node where a change was made. Strictly speaking this is inaccurate since the branches are often made from the current HEAD rather than a specific revision. So it is possible to show the more correct (but less useful) revision that was used to create the copy. Note that this revision may be younger than the HEAD revision of the source branch. 8824
425 6778 Fold tags 8828
426 6782 When a project has many tags, showing every tag as a separate node on the graph takes a lot of space and obscures the more interesting development branch structure. At the same time you may need to be able to access the tag content easily so that you can compare revisions. This option hides the nodes for tags and shows them instead in the tooltip for the node that they were copied from. A tag icon on the right side of the source node indicates that tags were made. 8832
427 6786 Hide deleted paths 8836
428 6790 Hides paths which are no longer present at the HEAD revision of the repository, e.g. deleted branches. 8840
429 6794 Hide unchanged branches 8844
430 6798 Hides branches where no changes were committed to the respective file or sub-folder. This does not necessarily indicate that the branch was not used, just that no changes were made to this part of it. 8848
431 6806 Marks the revision on the graph which corresponds to the update revision of the item you fetched the graph for. If you have just updated, this will be HEAD, but if others have committed changes since your last update your WC may be a few revisions lower down. The node is marked by giving it a bold outline. 8858
432 6814 If your WC contains local changes, this option draws it as a separate elliptical node, linked back to the node that your WC was last updated to. The default outline colour is red. You may need to refresh the graph using F5 to capture recent changes. 8868
433 6826 Tree stripes 8883
434 6830 Where the graph contains several trees, it is sometimes useful to use alternating colours on the background to help distinguish between trees. 8887
435 6834 Show overview 8891
436 6838 Shows a small picture of the entire graph, with the current view window as a rectangle which you can drag. This allows you to navigate the graph more easily. Note that for very large graphs the overview may become useless due to the extreme zoom factor and will therefore not be shown in such cases. 8895
437 6842 Because a revision graph is often quite complex, there are a number of features which can be used to tailor the view the way you want it. These are available in the View menu and from the toolbar. 8899
438 6850 To make it easier to navigate a large graph, use the overview window. This shows the entire graph in a small window, with the currently displayed portion highlighted. You can drag the highlighted area to change the displayed region. 8909
439 6870 You can also merge changes in the selected revision(s) into a different working copy. A folder selection dialog allows you to choose the working copy to merge into, but after that there is no confirmation dialog, nor any opportunity to try a test merge. It is a good idea to merge into an unmodified working copy so that you can revert the changes if it doesn't work out! This is a useful feature if you want to merge selected revisions from one branch to another. 8934
440 6878 First-time users may be surprised by the fact that the revision graph shows something that does not match the user's mental model. If a revision changes multiple copies or branches of a file or folder, for instance, then there will be multiple nodes for that single revision. It is a good practice to start with the leftmost options in the toolbar and customize the graph step-by-step until it comes close to your mental model. 8944
441 6882 All filter options try lose as little information as possible. That may cause some nodes to change their color, for instance. Whenever the result is unexpected, undo the last filter operation and try to understand what is special about that particular revision or branch. In most cases, the initially expected outcome of the filter operation would either be inaccurate or misleading. 8948
442 6886 If you want to check the server again for newer information, you can simply refresh the view using F5. If you are using the log cache (enabled by default), this will check the repository for newer commits and fetch only the new ones. If the log cache was in offline mode, this will also attempt to go back online. 8952
443 6890 If you are using the log cache and you think the message content or author may have changed, you should use the log dialog to refresh the messages you need. Since the revision graph works from the repository root, we would have to invalidate the entire log cache, and refilling it could take a very long time. 8956
444 6894 Pruning Trees 8960
445 6898 A large tree can be difficult to navigate and sometimes you will want to hide parts of it, or break it down into a forest of smaller trees. If you hover the mouse over the point where a node link enters or leaves the node you will see one or more popup buttons which allow you to do this. 8964
446 6902 Click on the minus button to collapse the attached sub-tree. 8968
447 6906 Click on the plus button to expand a collapsed tree. When a tree has been collapsed, this button remains visible to indicate the hidden sub-tree. 8972
448 6910 Click on the cross button to split the attached sub-tree and show it as a separate tree on the graph. 8976
449 6914 Click on the circle button to reattach a split tree. When a tree has been split away, this button remains visible to indicate that there is a separate sub-tree. 8980
450 6918 Click on the graph background for the main context menu, which offers options to Expand all and Join all. If no branch has been collapsed or split, the context menu will not be shown. 8984
451 6966 The export dialog does not allow exporting single files, even though Subversion can. 9044
452 6970 To export single files with TortoiseSVN, you have to use the repository browser (). Simply drag the file(s) you want to export from the repository browser to where you want them in the explorer, or use the context menu in the repository browser to export the files. 9048
453 6978 If you want to export a copy of your project tree structure but containing only the files which have changed in a particular revision, or between any two revisions, use the compare revisions feature described in . 9058
454 6991 Sometimes you have a working copy which you want to convert back to a normal folder without the .svn directories. What you really need is an export-in-place command, that just removes the control directories rather than generating a new clean directory tree. 9074
455 6995 The answer is surprisingly simple - export the folder to itself! TortoiseSVN detects this special case and asks if you want to make the working copy unversioned. If you answer yes the control directories will be removed and you will have a plain, unversioned directory tree. 9078
456 7031 You may be surprised to find that TortoiseSVN contacts the repository as part of this operation. All it is doing is performing some simple checks to make sure that the new URL really does refer to the same repository as the existing working copy. 9126
457 7120 You can also use relative URLs instead of absolute ones. This is useful when your issue tracker is on the same domain/server as your source repository. In case the domain name ever changes, you don't have to adjust the bugtraq:url property. There are two ways to specify a relative URL: 9243
458 7124 If it begins with the string ^/ it is assumed to be relative to the repository root. For example, ^/../?do=details&amp;id=%BUGID% will resolve to http://tortoisesvn.net/?do=details&amp;id=%BUGID% if your repository is located on http://tortoisesvn.net/svn/trunk/. 9247
459 7128 A URL beginning with the string / is assumed to be relative to the server's hostname. For example /?do=details&amp;id=%BUGID% will resolve to http://tortoisesvn.net/?do=details&amp;id=%BUGID% if your repository is located anywhere on http://tortoisesvn.net. 9251
460 7140 Issue Number in Text Box 9267
461 7164 Issue Numbers Using Regular Expressions 9299
462 7172 If two expressions are set, then the first expression is used as a pre-filter to find expressions which contain bug IDs. The second expression then extracts the bare bug IDs from the result of the first regex. This allows you to use a list of bug IDs and natural language expressions if you wish. e.g. you might fix several bugs and include a string something like this: This change resolves issues #23, #24 and #25 9309
463 7180 The first expression picks out issues #23, #24 and #25 from the surrounding log message. The second regex extracts plain decimal numbers from the output of the first regex, so it will return 23, 24 and 25 to use as bug IDs. 9319
464 7184 Breaking the first regex down a little, it must start with the word issue, possibly capitalised. This is optionally followed by an s (more than one issue) and optionally a colon. This is followed by one or more groups each having zero or more leading whitespace, an optional comma or and and more optional space. Finally there is a mandatory # and a mandatory decimal number. 9323
465 7208 And even if you don't need the links, the issue numbers show up as a separate column in the log dialog, making it easier to find the changes which relate to a particular issue. 9355
466 7222 No Issue Tracker Information from Repository Browser 9372
467 7226 Because the issue tracker integration depends upon accessing subversion properties, you will only see the results when using a checked out working copy. Fetching properties remotely is a slow operation, so you will not see this feature in action from the repo browser unless you started the repo browser from your working copy. If you started the repo browser by entering the URL of the repository you won't see this feature. 9376
468 7231 For the same reason, project properties will not be propagated automatically when a child folder is added using the repo browser.
469 7235 This issue tracker integration is not restricted to TortoiseSVN; it can be used with any Subversion client. For more information, read the full Issue Tracker Integration Specification in the TortoiseSVN source repository. ( explains how to access the repository).
470 7239 Getting Information from the Issue Tracker 9386
471 7243 The previous section deals with adding issue information to the log messages. But what if you need to get information from the issue tracker? The commit dialog has a COM interface which allows integration an external program that can talk to your tracker. Typically you might want to query the tracker to get a list of open issues assigned to you, so that you can pick the issues that are being addressed in this commit. 9390
472 7247 Any such interface is of course highly specific to your issue tracker system, so we cannot provide this part, and describing how to create such a program is beyond the scope of this manual. The interface definition and sample plugins in C# and C++/ATL can be obtained from the contrib folder in the TortoiseSVN repository. ( explains how to access the repository). A summary of the API is also given in Another (working) example plugin in C# is Gurtle which implements the required COM interface to interact with the Google Code issue tracker.
473 7251 Example issue tracker query dialog 9398
474 7255 For illustration purposes, let's suppose that your system administrator has provided you with an issue tracker plugin which you have installed, and that you have set up some of your working copies to use the plugin in TortoiseSVN's settings dialog. When you open the commit dialog from a working copy to which the plugin has been assigned, you will see a new button at the top of the dialog. In this example you can select one or more open issues. The plugin can then generate specially formatted text which it adds to your log message. 9402
475 7271 ViewVC 9421
476 7291 Set this property to the URL of your repo viewer to view changes to a specific file in a specific revision. It must be properly URI encoded and it has to contain %REVISION% and %PATH%. %PATH% is replaced with the path relative to the repository root. This allows TortoiseSVN to display a context menu entry in the log dialog Context MenuView revision for path in webviewer For example, if you right-click in the log dialog bottom pane on a file entry /trunk/src/file then the %PATH% in the URL will be replaced with /trunk/src/file.
477 7295 You can also use relative URLs instead of absolute ones. This is useful in case your web viewer is on the same domain/server as your source repository. In case the domain name ever changes, you don't have to adjust the webviewer:revision and webviewer:pathrevision property. The format is the same as for the bugtraq:url property. See . 9450
478 7299 Because the repo viewer integration depends upon accessing subversion properties, you will only see the results when using a checked out working copy. Fetching properties remotely is a slow operation, so you will not see this feature in action from the repo browser unless you started the repo browser from your working copy. If you started the repo browser by entering the URL of the repository you won't see this feature. 9460
479 7339 Check for updates
480 7343 TortoiseSVN will contact its download site periodically to see if there is a newer version of the program available. If there is it will show a notification link in the commit dialog. Use Check now if you want an answer right away. The new version will not be downloaded; you simply receive an information dialog telling you that the new version is available.
481 7443 If there are some paths on your computer where you just don't want TortoiseSVN's context menu to appear at all, you can list them in the box at the bottom. 9645
482 7483 Can double-click in log list to compare with previous revision 9695
483 7487 If you frequently find yourself comparing revisions in the top pane of the log dialog, you can use this option to allow that action on double-click. It is not enabled by default because fetching the diff is often a long process, and many people prefer to avoid the wait after an accidental double-click, which is why this option is not enabled by default. 9699
484 7491 Auto-close
485 7511 Always close dialogs for local operations
486 7515 Local operations like adding files or reverting changes do not need to contact the repository and complete quickly, so the progress dialog is often of little interest. Select this option if you want the progress dialog to close automatically after these operations, unless there are errors.
487 7519 Use recycle bin when reverting 9733
488 7523 When you revert local modifications, your changes are discarded. TortoiseSVN gives you an extra safety net by sending the modified file to the recycle bin before bringing back the pristine copy. If you prefer to skip the recycle bin, uncheck this option. 9737
489 7567 In the Check for Modifications dialog you can opt to see ignored items. If this box is checked then whenever an ignored folder is found, all child items will be shown as well. 9788
490 7603 Note that this setting applies only to messages that you type in on this computer. It has nothing to do with the log cache. 9838
491 7619 The normal behaviour in the commit dialog is for all modified (versioned) items to be selected for commit automatically. If you prefer to start with nothing selected and pick the items for commit manually, uncheck this box. 9859
492 7631 Show Lock dialog before locking files 9873
493 7635 When you select one or more files and then use TortoiseSVNLock to take out a lock on those files, on some projects it is customary to write a lock message explaining why you have locked the files. If you do not use lock messages, you can uncheck this box to skip that dialog and lock the files immediately. 9877
494 7639 If you use the lock command on a folder, you are always presented with the lock dialog as that also gives you the option to select files for locking. 9881
495 7643 If your project is using the tsvn:lockmsgminsize property, you will see the lock dialog regardless of this setting because the project requires lock messages. 9885
496 7735 Filter match
497 7739 When using filtering in the log dialog, search terms are highlighted in the results using this colour.
498 7751 Classification Patterns 10011
499 7755 The revision graph attempts to show a clearer picture of your repository structure by distinguishing between trunk, branches and tags. As there is no such classification built into Subversion, this information is extracted from the path names. The default settings assume that you use the conventional English names as suggested in the Subversion documentation, but of course your usage may vary. 10015
500 7759 Specify the patterns used to recognise these paths in the three boxes provided. The patterns will be matched case-insensitively, but you must specify them in lower case. Wild cards * and ? will work as usual, and you can use ; to separate multiple patterns. Do not include any extra white space as it will be included in the matching specification. 10019
501 7767 Colors are used in the revision graph to indicate the node type, i.e. whether a node is added, deleted, renamed. In order to help pick out node classifications, you can allow the revision graph to blend colors to give an indication of both node type and classification. If the box is checked, blending is used. If the box is unchecked, color is used to indicate node type only. Use the color selection dialog to allocate the specific colors used. 10029
502 7779 This page allows you to configure the colors used. Note that the color specified here is the solid color. Most nodes are colored using a blend of the node type color, the background color and optionally the classification color. 10045
503 7787 Items which have been deleted and not copied anywhere else in the same revision. 10055
504 7795 Items newly added, or copied (add with history). 10065
505 7803 Items deleted from one location and added in another in the same revision. 10075
506 7811 Simple modifications without any add or delete. 10085
507 7819 May be used to show the revision used as the source of a copy, even when no change (to the item being graphed) took place in that revision. 10095
508 7831 WC Node 10111
509 7835 If you opt to show an extra node for your modified working copy, attached to its last-commit revision on the graph, use this color. 10115
510 7839 WC Node Border 10119
511 7843 If you opt to show whether the working copy is modified, use this color border on the WC node when modifications are found. 10123
512 7847 Tag Nodes 10127
513 7851 Nodes classified as tags may be blended with this color. 10131
514 7855 Trunk Nodes 10135
515 7859 Nodes classified as trunk may be blended with this color. 10139
516 7863 Folded Tag Markers 10143
517 7867 If you use tag folding to save space, tags are marked on the copy source using a block in this color. 10147
518 7875 When you left click on a node to select it, the marker used to indicate selection is a block in this color. 10157
519 7879 Stripes 10161
520 7883 These colors are used when the graph is split into sub-trees and the background is colored in alternating stripes to help pick out the separate trees. 10165
521 7963 Network drives can be very slow, so by default icons are not shown for working copies located on network shares. 10278
522 7971 The Exclude Paths are used to tell TortoiseSVN those paths for which it should not show icon overlays and status columns. This is useful if you have some very big working copies containing only libraries which you won't change at all and therefore don't need the overlays, or if you only want TortoiseSVN to look in specific folders.
523 7975 Any path you specify here is assumed to apply recursively, so none of the child folders will show overlays either. If you want to exclude only the named folder, append ? after the path.
524 7983 Users sometimes ask how these three settings interact. For any given path check the include and exclude lists, seeking upwards through the directory structure until a match is found. When the first match is found, obey that include or exclude rule. If there is a conflict, a single directory spec takes precedence over a recursive spec, then inclusion takes precedence over exclusion.
525 7987 An example will help here: \n
Exclude:\n
C:\n
C:\\develop\\?\n
C:\\develop\\tsvn\\obj\n
C:\\develop\\tsvn\\bin\n
\n
Include:\n
C:\\develop\n
These settings disable icon overlays for the C: drive, except for c:\\develop. All projects below that directory will show overlays, except the c:\\develop folder itself, which is specifically ignored. The high-churn binary folders are also excluded.
526 7995 Exclude SUBST Drives 10322
527 7999 SUBST drives 10326
528 8003 It is often convenient to use a SUBST drive to access your working copies, e.g. using the command \n
subst T: C:\\TortoiseSVN\\trunk\\doc\n
However this can cause the overlays not to update, as TSVNCache will only receive one notification when a file changes, and that is normally for the original path. This means that your overlays on the subst path may never be updated.
10330
529 8007 An easy way to work around this is to exclude the original path from showing overlays, so that the overlays show up on the subst path instead. 10337
530 8011 Sometimes you will exclude areas that contain working copies, which saves TSVNCache from scanning and monitoring for changes, but you still want a visual indication that such folders are versioned. The Show excluded folders as 'normal' checkbox allows you to do this. With this option, versioned folders in any excluded area (drive type not checked, or specifically excluded) will show up as normal and up-to-date, with a green check mark. This reminds you that you are looking at a working copy, even though the folder overlays may not be correct. Files do not get an overlay at all. Note that the context menus still work, even though the overlays are not shown. 10341
531 8015 As a special exception to this, drives A: and B: are never considered for the Show excluded folders as 'normal' option. This is because Windows is forced to look on the drive, which can result in a delay of several seconds when starting Explorer, even if your PC does have a floppy drive. 10345
532 8031 Enabled Overlay Handlers
533 8035 The Settings Dialog, Icon Handlers Page
534 8039 Because the number of overlays available is severely restricted, you can choose to disable some handlers to ensure that the ones you want will be loaded. Because TortoiseSVN uses the common TortoiseOverlays component which is shared with other Tortoise clients (e.g. TortoiseCVS, TortoiseHG) this setting will affect those clients too.
535 8067 You must specify the full path to the executable. For TortoisePlink.exe this is the standard TortoiseSVN bin directory. Use the Browse button to help locate it. Note that if the path contains spaces, you must enclose it in quotes, e.g. \n
\"C:\\Program Files\\TortoiseSVN\\bin\\TortoisePlink.exe\"\n
10395
536 8075 TortoisePlink does not have any documentation of its own because it is just a minor variant of Plink. Find out about command line parameters from the PuTTY website 10407
537 8079 To avoid being prompted for a password repeatedly, you might also consider using a password caching tool such as Pageant. This is also available for download from the PuTTY website. 10411
538 8083 Finally, setting up SSH on server and clients is a non-trivial process which is beyond the scope of this help file. However, you can find a guide in the TortoiseSVN FAQ listed under Subversion/TortoiseSVN SSH How-To. 10415
539 8141 You can also specify a different diff tool to use on Subversion properties. Since these tend to be short simple text strings, you may want to use a simpler more compact viewer. 10511
540 8245 Log messages (Show log dialog) 10664
541 8249 TortoiseSVN caches log messages fetched by the Show Log dialog to save time when you next show the log. If someone else edits a log message and you already have that message cached, you will not see the change until you clear the cache. Log message caching is enabled on the Log Cache tab. 10668
542 8277 TortoiseSVN keeps a log of everything written to its progress dialogs. This can be useful when, for example, you want to check what happened in a recent update command. 10703
543 8281 The log file is limited in length and when it grows too big the oldest content is discarded. By default 4000 lines are kept, but you can customize that number. 10707
544 8285 From here you can view the log file content, and also clear it. 10711
545 8301 This dialog allows you to configure the log caching feature of TortoiseSVN, which retains a local copy of log messages and changed paths to avoid time-consuming downloads from the server. Using the log cache can dramatically speed up the log dialog and the revision graph. Another useful feature is that the log messages can still be accessed when offline. 10732
546 8305 Enable log caching 10736
547 8309 Enables log caching whenever log data is requested. If checked, data will be retrieved from the cache when available, and any messages not in the cache will be retrieved from the server and added to the cache. 10740
548 8313 If caching is disabled, data will always be retrieved directly from the server and not stored locally. 10744
549 8317 Allow ambiguous URLs 10748
550 8321 Occasionally you may have to connect to a server which uses the same URL for all repositories. Older versions of svnbridge would do this. If you need to access such repositories you will have to check this option. If you don't, leave it unchecked to improve performance. 10752
551 8325 Allow ambiguous UUIDs 10756
552 8329 Some hosting services give all their repositories the same UUID. You may even have done this yourself by copying a repository folder to create a new one. For all sorts of reasons this is a bad idea - a UUID should be unique. However, the log cache will still work in this situation if you check this box. If you don't need it, leave it unchecked to improve performance. 10760
553 8337 If you are working offline, or if the repository server is down, the log cache can still be used to supply log messages already held in the cache. Of course the cache may not be up-to-date, so there are options to allow you to select whether this feature should be used. 10770
554 8341 When log data is being taken from the cache without contacting the server, the dialog using those message will show the offline state in its title bar. 10774
555 8345 Timeout before updating the HEAD revision 10778
556 8349 When you invoke the log dialog you will normally want to contact the server to check for any newer log messages. If the timeout set here is non-zero then the server will only be contacted when the timeout has elapsed since the last time contact. This can reduce server round-trips if you open the log dialog frequently and the server is slow, but the data shown may not be completely up-to-date. If you want to use this feature we suggest using a value of 300 (5 minutes) as a compromise. 10782
557 8353 Days of inactivity until small caches get removed 10786
558 8357 If you browse around a lot of repositories you will accumulate a lot of log caches. If you're not actively using them, the cache will not grow very big, so TortoiseSVN purges them after a set time by default. Use this item to control cache purging. 10790
559 8361 Maximum size of removed inactive caches 10794
560 8365 Larger caches are more expensive to reacquire, so TortoiseSVN only purges small caches. Fine tune the threshold with this value. 10798
561 8369 Maximum number of tool failures before cache removal 10802
562 8373 Occasionally something goes wrong with the caching and causes a crash. If this happens the cache is normally deleted automatically to prevent a recurrence of the problem. If you use the less stable nightly build you may opt to keep the cache anyway. 10806
563 8381 On this page you can see a list of the repositories that are cached locally, and the space used for the cache. If you select one of the repositories you can then use the buttons underneath. 10816
564 8385 Click on the Update to completely refresh the cache and fill in any holes. For a large repository this could be very time consuming, but useful if you are about to go offline and want the best available cache. 10820
565 8389 Click on the Export button to export the entire cache as a set of CSV files. This could be useful if you want to process the log data using an external program, although it is mainly useful to the developers. 10824
566 8393 Click on Delete to remove all cached data for the selected repositories. This does not disable caching for the repository so the next time you request log data, a new cache will be created. 10828
567 8409 The amount of memory required to service this cache. 10848
568 8417 The amount of disk space used for the cache. Data is compressed, so disk usage is generally fairly modest. 10856
569 8425 Shows whether the repository was available last time the cache was used. 10866
570 8437 Last head update 10882
571 8441 The last time we requested the HEAD revision from the server. 10886
572 8449 The number of different authors with messages recorded in the cache. 10896
573 8457 The number of paths listed, as you would see using svn log -v. 10906
574 8461 Skip ranges 10910
575 8465 The number of revision ranges which we have not fetched, simply because they haven't been requested. This is a measure of the number of holes in the cache. 10914
576 8473 The highest revision number stored in the cache. 10924
577 8481 The number of revisions stored in the cache. This is another measure of cache completeness. 10934
578 8485 Click on the Details button to see detailed statistics for a particular cache. Many of the fields shown here are mainly of interest to the developers of TortoiseSVN, so they are not all described in detail. 10938
579 8562 Called before the actual Subversion update or switch begins.
580 8571 Called after the update, switch or checkout finishes (whether successful or not).
581 8576 Pre-connect
582 8580 Called before an attempt to contact the repository. Called at most once in five minutes.
583 8592 Next you must specify the command line to execute, starting with the path to the hook script or executable. This could be a batch file, an executable file or any other file which has a valid windows file association, eg. a perl script. Note that the script must not be specified using a UNC path as Windows shell execute will not allow such scripts to run due to security restrictions.
584 8600 A path to a temporary file which contains all the paths for which the operation was started. Each path is on a separate line in the temp file. 11059
585 8604 The depth with which the commit/update is done. 11063
586 8636 Path to a file containing the log message for the commit. The file contains the text in UTF-8 encoding. After successful execution of the start-commit hook, the log message is read back, giving the hook a chance to modify it. 11097
587 8644 Path to a file containing the error message. If there was no error, the file will be empty. 11106
588 8648 The current working directory with which the script is run. This is set to the common root directory of all affected paths. 11110
589 8656 Note that although we have given these parameters names for convenience, you do not have to refer to those names in the hook settings. All parameters listed for a particular hook are always passed, whether you want them or not ;-) 11119
590 8668 Sample client hook scripts can be found in the contrib folder in the TortoiseSVN repository. ( explains how to access the repository).
591 8672 A small tool is included in the TortoiseSVN installation folder named ConnectVPN.exe. You can use this tool configured as a pre-connect hook to connect automatically to your VPN before TortoiseSVN tries to connect to a repository. Just pass the name of the VPN connection as the first parameter to the tool.
592 8676 Issue Tracker Integration 11136
593 8680 TortoiseSVN can use a COM plugin to query issue trackers when in the commit dialog. The use of such plugins is described in . If your system administrator has provided you with a plugin, which you have already installed and registered, this is the place to specify how it integrates with your working copy. 11140
594 8688 Click on Add... to use the plugin with a particular working copy. Here you can specify the working copy path, choose which plugin to use from a drop down list of all registered issue tracker plugins, and any parameters to pass. The parameters will be specific to the plugin, but might include your user name on the issue tracker so that the plugin can query for issues which are assigned to you. 11150
595 8692 This property specifies the COM UUID of the IBugtraqProvider, for example {91974081-2DC7-4FB1-B3BE-0DE1C8D6CE4E}. (this example is the UUID of the Gurtle bugtraq provider, which is a provider for the Google Code issue tracker). 11154
596 8696 This is the same as bugtraq:provideruuid, but for the 64-bit version of the IBugtraqProvider.
597 8700 This property specifies the parameters passed to the IBugtraqProvider. 11158
598 8704 If you want all users to use the same COM plugin for your project, you can specify the plugin also with the properties bugtraq:provideruuid, bugtraq:provideruuid64 and bugtraq:providerparams. Please check the documentation of your IBugtraqProvider plugin to find out what to specify in these two properties.
599 8716 The settings used by TortoiseBlame are controlled from the main context menu, not directly with TortoiseBlame itself. 11178
600 8720 Colors 11182
601 8724 TortoiseBlame can use the background colour to indicate the age of lines in a file. You set the endpoints by specifying the colours for the newest and oldest revisions, and TortoiseBlame uses a linear interpolation between these colours according to the repository revision indicated for each line. 11186
602 8732 You can select the font used to display the text, and the point size to use. This applies both to the file content, and to the author and revision information shown in the left pane. 11194
603 8736 Tabs 11198
604 8740 Defines how many spaces to use for expansion when a tab character is found in the file content. 11202
605 8760 Note that the bug is fixed in VS2005 and later versions. 11346
606 8772 Advanced Settings
607 8780 A few infrequently used settings are available only in the advanced page of the settings dialog. These settings modify the registry directly and you have to know what each of these settings is used for and what it does. Do not modify these settings unless you are sure you need to change them.
608 8784 You can specify a different location for the Subversion configuration file here. This will affect all TortoiseSVN operations.
609 8788 Set this to true if you want a dialog to pop up for every command showing the command line used to start TortoiseProc.exe
610 8792 To add a cache tray icon for the TSVNCache program, set this value to true. This is really only useful for developers as it allows you to terminate the program gracefully.
611 8796 This can be useful if you use something other than the windows explorer or if you get problems with the context menu displaying incorrectly. Set this value to false if you don't want TortoiseSVN to show icons for the shell context menu items. Set this value to true to show the icons again.
612 8800 If you don't want TortoiseSVN to show icons for the context menus in its own dialogs, set this value to false.
613 8804 The log dialog shows the revision the working copy path is at in bold. But this requires that the log dialog fetches the status of that path. Since for very big working copies this can take a while, you can set this value to false to deactivate this feature.
614 8808 The status list control which is used in various dialogs (e.g., commit, check-for-modifications, add, revert, ...) uses full row selection (i.e., if you select an entry, the full row is selected, not just the first column). This is fine, but the selected row then also covers the background image on the bottom right, which can look ugly. To disable full row select, set this value to false.
615 8812 The commit and log dialog use styling (e.g. bold, italic) in commit messages (see for details). If you don't want to do this, set the value to false.
616 8816 TortoiseSVN uses accelerators for its explorer context menu entries. Since this can lead to doubled accelerators (e.g. the SVN Commit has the Alt-C accelerator, but so does the Copy entry of explorer). If you don't want or need the accelerators of the TortoiseSVN entries, set this value to false.
617 8820 As with the explorer, TortoiseSVN shows additional commands if the Shift key is pressed while the context menu is opened. To force TortoiseSVN to always show those extended commands, set this value to true.
618 8824 If you don't want the explorer to update the status overlays while another TortoiseSVN command is running (e.g. Update, Commit, ...) then set this value to true.
619 8828 This value contains the URL from which TortoiseSVN tries to download a text file to find out if there are updates available. This might be useful for company admins who don't want their users to update TortoiseSVN until they approve it.
620 8832 The extra columns the TortoiseSVN adds to the details view in Windows Explorer are normally only active in a working copy. If you want those to be accessible everywhere, not just in working copies, set this value to true. Note that the extra columns are only available in XP. Vista and later doesn't support that feature any more.
621 8836 If an update adds a new file from the repository which already exists in the local working copy as an unversioned file, the default action is to keep the local file, showing it as a (possibly) modified version of the new file from the repository. If you would prefer TortoiseSVN to create a conflict in such situations, set this value to false.
622 8840 TortoiseSVN checks whether there's a new version available about once a week. If an updated version is found, the commit dialog shows a link control with that info. If you prefer the old behavior back where a dialog pops up notifying you about the update, set this value to true.
623 8844 TortoiseSVN checks whether there's a new version available about once a week. If you don't want TortoiseSVN to do this check, set this value to false.
624 8848 The auto-completion list shown in the commit message editor displays the names of files listed for commit. To also include these names with extensions removed, set this value to true.
625 8852 When you merge revisions from another branch, and merge tracking information is available, the log messages from the revisions you merge will be collected to make up a commit log message. A pre-defined string is used to separate the individual log messages of the merged revisions. If you prefer, you can set this to a value containing a separator string of your choice.
626 8856 TortoiseSVN allows you to assign an external diff viewer. Most such viewers, however, are not suited for change blaming (), so you might wish to fall back to TortoiseMerge in this case. To do so, set this value to true.
627 8860 By default, TortoiseSVN always runs an update with externals included. This avoids problems with inconsistent working copies. If you have however a lot of externals set, an update can take quite a while. Set this value to false to run the default update with externals excluded. To update with externals included, either run the Update to revision... dialog or set this value to true again.
628 8864 In most dialogs in TortoiseSVN, you can use Ctrl+Enter to dismiss the dialog as if you clicked on the OK button. If you don't want this, set this value to false.
629 8868 Sometimes multiple users use the same account on the same computer. In such situations it's not really wanted to save the authentication data. Setting this value to false disables the save authentication button in the authentication dialog.
630 9029 Replaced with the commit date/time of the highest commit revision. By default, international format is used: . Alternatively, you can specify a custom format which will be used with , for example: . For a list of available formatting characters, look at the . 11564
631 9085 is replaced with if the entry is versioned, or if not. 11635
632 9093 is replaced with if the entry is locked, or if not. 11662
633 9097 Replaced with the lock date. Time formatting can be used as described for . 11666
634 9113 Some of these keywords apply to single files rather than to an entire working copy, so it only makes sense to use these when SubWCRev is called to scan a single file. This applies to $WCINSVN$, $WCISLOCKED$, $WCLOCKDATE$, $WCLOCKOWNER$ and $WCLOCKCOMMENT$.
635 9130 After running SubWCRev.exe path\\to\\workingcopy testfile.tmpl testfile.txt, the output file testfile.txt would looks like this: 11737
636 9139 A file like this will be included in the build so you would expect it to be versioned. Be sure to version the template file, not the generated file, otherwise each time you regenerate the version file you need to commit the change, which in turn means the version file needs to be updated. 11777
637 9143 COM interface 11781
638 9147 COM SubWCRev interface 11785
639 9151 COM/automation methods supported 11789
640 9167 This method traverses the working copy gathering the revision information. Naturally you must call this before you can access the information using the remaining methods. The first parameter is the path. The second parameter should be true if you want to include folder revisions. Equivalent to the command line switch. The third parameter should be true if you want to include svn:externals. Equivalent to the command line switch. 11809
641 9216 True if the item is versioned. 11875
642 9220 True if the item is locked. 11885
643 9224 String representing the date when the lock was created, or an empty string if the item is not locked. 11889
644 9228 String representing the lock owner, or an empty string if the item is not locked. 11893
645 9232 The message entered when the lock was created. 11897
646 9236 If you need to access Subversion revision information from other programs, you can use the COM interface of SubWCRev. The object to create is SubWCRev.object, and the following methods are supported: 11901
647 9240 \n
// testCOM.js - javascript file\n
// test script for the SubWCRev COM/Automation-object\n
\n
filesystem = new ActiveXObject(\"Scripting.FileSystemObject\");\n
\n
revObject1 = new ActiveXObject(\"SubWCRev.object\");\n
revObject2 = new ActiveXObject(\"SubWCRev.object\");\n
revObject3 = new ActiveXObject(\"SubWCRev.object\");\n
revObject4 = new ActiveXObject(\"SubWCRev.object\");\n
\n
revObject1.GetWCInfo(\n
filesystem.GetAbsolutePathName(\".\"), 1, 1);\n
revObject2.GetWCInfo(\n
filesystem.GetAbsolutePathName(\"..\"), 1, 1);\n
revObject3.GetWCInfo(\n
filesystem.GetAbsolutePathName(\"SubWCRev.cpp\"), 1, 1);\n
revObject4.GetWCInfo(\n
filesystem.GetAbsolutePathName(\"..\\\\..\"), 1, 1);\n
\n
wcInfoString1 = \"Revision = \" + revObject1.Revision +\n
\"\\n
Min Revision = \" + revObject1.MinRev +\n
\"\\n
Max Revision = \" + revObject1.MaxRev +\n
\"\\n
Date = \" + revObject1.Date +\n
\"\\n
URL = \" + revObject1.Url + \"\\n
Author = \" +\n
revObject1.Author + \"\\n
HasMods = \" +\n
revObject1.HasModifications + \"\\n
IsSvnItem = \" +\n
revObject1.IsSvnItem + \"\\n
NeedsLocking = \" +\n
revObject1.IsLocked + \"\\n
LockCreationDate = \" +\n
revObject1.LockCreationDate + \"\\n
LockOwner = \" +\n
revObject1.LockOwner + \"\\n
LockComment = \" +\n
revObject1.LockComment;\n
wcInfoString2 = \"Revision = \" + revObject2.Revision +\n
\"\\n
Min Revision = \" + revObject2.MinRev +\n
\"\\n
Max Revision = \" + revObject2.MaxRev +\n
\"\\n
Date = \" + revObject2.Date +\n
\"\\n
URL = \" + revObject2.Url + \"\\n
Author = \" +\n
revObject2.Author + \"\\n
HasMods = \" +\n
revObject2.HasModifications + \"\\n
IsSvnItem = \" +\n
revObject2.IsSvnItem + \"\\n
NeedsLocking = \" +\n
revObject2.IsLocked + \"\\n
LockCreationDate = \" +\n
revObject2.LockCreationDate + \"\\n
LockOwner = \" +\n
revObject2.LockOwner + \"\\n
LockComment = \" +\n
revObject2.LockComment;\n
wcInfoString3 = \"Revision = \" + revObject3.Revision +\n
\"\\n
Min Revision = \" + revObject3.MinRev +\n
\"\\n
Max Revision = \" + revObject3.MaxRev +\n
\"\\n
Date = \" + revObject3.Date +\n
\"\\n
URL = \" + revObject3.Url + \"\\n
Author = \" +\n
revObject3.Author + \"\\n
HasMods = \" +\n
revObject3.HasModifications + \"\\n
IsSvnItem = \" +\n
revObject3.IsSvnItem + \"\\n
NeedsLocking = \" +\n
revObject3.IsLocked + \"\\n
LockCreationDate = \" +\n
revObject3.LockCreationDate + \"\\n
LockOwner = \" +\n
revObject3.LockOwner + \"\\n
LockComment = \" +\n
revObject3.LockComment;\n
wcInfoString4 = \"Revision = \" + revObject4.Revision +\n
\"\\n
Min Revision = \" + revObject4.MinRev +\n
\"\\n
Max Revision = \" + revObject4.MaxRev +\n
\"\\n
Date = \" + revObject4.Date +\n
\"\\n
URL = \" + revObject4.Url + \"\\n
Author = \" +\n
revObject4.Author + \"\\n
HasMods = \" +\n
revObject4.HasModifications + \"\\n
IsSvnItem = \" +\n
revObject4.IsSvnItem + \"\\n
NeedsLocking = \" +\n
revObject4.IsLocked + \"\\n
LockCreationDate = \" +\n
revObject4.LockCreationDate + \"\\n
LockOwner = \" +\n
revObject4.LockOwner + \"\\n
LockComment = \" +\n
revObject4.LockComment;\n
\n
WScript.Echo(wcInfoString1);\n
WScript.Echo(wcInfoString2);\n
WScript.Echo(wcInfoString3);\n
WScript.Echo(wcInfoString4);\n
\n
648 9245 The following example shows how the interface might be used. 12036
649 9249 \n
using LibSubWCRev;\n
SubWCRev sub = new SubWCRev();\n
sub.GetWCInfo(\"C:\\\\PathToMyFile\\\\MyFile.cc\", true, true);\n
if (sub.IsSvnItem == true)\n
{\n
MessageBox.Show(\"versioned\");\n
}\n
else\n
{\n
MessageBox.Show(\"not versioned\");\n
}\n
12040
650 9254 The following listing is an example on how to use the SubWCRev COM object from C#: 12057
651 9258 IBugtraqProvider interface 12061
652 9262 plugin 12065
653 9266 IBugtraqProvider 12069
654 9270 To get a tighter integration with issue trackers than by simply using the bugtraq: properties, TortoiseSVN can make use of COM plugins. With such plugins it is possible to fetch information directly from the issue tracker, interact with the user and provide information back to TortoiseSVN about open issues, verify log messages entered by the user and even run actions after a successful commit to e.g, close an issue. 12073
655 9274 We can't provide information and tutorials on how you have to implement a COM object in your preferred programming language, but we have example plugins in C++/ATL and C# in our repository in the contrib/issue-tracker-plugins folder. In that folder you can also find the required include files you need to build your plugin. ( explains how to access the repository). 12077
656 9278 You should provide both a 32-bit and 64-bit version of your plugin. Because the x64-Version of TortoiseSVN can not use a 32-bit plugin and vice-versa.
657 9282 The IBugtraqProvider interface 12081
658 9286 TortoiseSVN 1.5 and later can use plugins which implement the IBugtraqProvider interface. The interface provides a few methods which plugins can use to interact with the issue tracker.
659 9290 \n
HRESULT ValidateParameters (\n
// Parent window for any UI that needs to be\n
// displayed during validation.\n
[in] HWND hParentWnd,\n
\n
// The parameter string that needs to be validated.\n
[in] BSTR parameters,\n
\n
// Is the string valid?\n
[out, retval] VARIANT_BOOL *valid\n
);\n
12089
660 9295 This method is called from the settings dialog where the user can add and configure the plugin. The parameters string can be used by a plugin to get additional required information, e.g., the URL to the issue tracker, login information, etc. The plugin should verify the parameters string and show an error dialog if the string is not valid. The hParentWnd parameter should be used for any dialog the plugin shows as the parent window. The plugin must return TRUE if the validation of the parameters string is successful. If the plugin returns FALSE, the settings dialog won't allow the user to add the plugin to a working copy path.
661 9299 \n
HRESULT GetLinkText (\n
// Parent window for any (error) UI that needs to be displayed.\n
[in] HWND hParentWnd,\n
\n
// The parameter string, just in case you need to talk to your\n
// web service (e.g.) to find out what the correct text is.\n
[in] BSTR parameters,\n
\n
// What text do you want to display?\n
// Use the current thread locale.\n
[out, retval] BSTR *linkText\n
);\n
12110
662 9304 The plugin can provide a string here which is used in the TortoiseSVN commit dialog for the button which invokes the plugin, e.g., \"Choose issue\" or \"Select ticket\". Make sure the string is not too long, otherwise it might not fit into the button. If the method returns an error (e.g., E_NOTIMPL), a default text is used for the button.
663 9308 \n
HRESULT GetCommitMessage (\n
// Parent window for your provider's UI.\n
[in] HWND hParentWnd,\n
\n
// Parameters for your provider.\n
[in] BSTR parameters,\n
[in] BSTR commonRoot,\n
[in] SAFEARRAY(BSTR) pathList,\n
\n
// The text already present in the commit message.\n
// Your provider should include this text in the new message,\n
// where appropriate.\n
[in] BSTR originalMessage,\n
\n
// The new text for the commit message.\n
// This replaces the original message.\n
[out, retval] BSTR *newMessage\n
);\n
12132
664 9313 This is the main method of the plugin. This method is called from the TortoiseSVN commit dialog when the user clicks on the plugin button.
665 9317 The parameters string is the string the user has to enter in the settings dialog when he configures the plugin. Usually a plugin would use this to find the URL of the issue tracker and/or login information or more.
666 9321 The commonRoot string contains the parent path of all items selected to bring up the commit dialog. Note that this is not the root path of all items which the user has selected in the commit dialog. For the branch/tag dialog, this is the path which is to be copied.
667 9325 The pathList parameter contains an array of paths (as strings) which the user has selected for the commit.
668 9329 The originalMessage parameter contains the text entered in the log message box in the commit dialog. If the user has not yet entered any text, this string will be empty.
669 9333 The newMessage return string is copied into the log message edit box in the commit dialog, replacing whatever is already there. If a plugin does not modify the originalMessage string, it must return the same string again here, otherwise any text the user has entered will be lost.
670 9337 The IBugtraqProvider2 interface 12160
671 9341 In TortoiseSVN 1.6 a new interface was added which provides more functionality for plugins. This IBugtraqProvider2 interface inherits from IBugtraqProvider. 12164
672 9345 \n
HRESULT GetCommitMessage2 (\n
// Parent window for your provider's UI.\n
[in] HWND hParentWnd,\n
\n
// Parameters for your provider.\n
[in] BSTR parameters,\n
// The common URL of the commit\n
[in] BSTR commonURL,\n
[in] BSTR commonRoot,\n
[in] SAFEARRAY(BSTR) pathList,\n
\n
// The text already present in the commit message.\n
// Your provider should include this text in the new message,\n
// where appropriate.\n
[in] BSTR originalMessage,\n
\n
// You can assign custom revision properties to a commit\n
// by setting the next two params.\n
// note: Both safearrays must be of the same length.\n
// For every property name there must be a property value!\n
\n
// The content of the bugID field (if shown)\n
[in] BSTR bugID,\n
\n
// Modified content of the bugID field\n
[out] BSTR * bugIDOut,\n
\n
// The list of revision property names.\n
[out] SAFEARRAY(BSTR) * revPropNames,\n
\n
// The list of revision property values.\n
[out] SAFEARRAY(BSTR) * revPropValues,\n
\n
// The new text for the commit message.\n
// This replaces the original message\n
[out, retval] BSTR * newMessage\n
);\n
12168
673 9350 This method is called from the TortoiseSVN commit dialog when the user clicks on the plugin button. This method is called instead of GetCommitMessage(). Please refer to the documentation for GetCommitMessage for the parameters that are also used there.
674 9354 The parameter commonURL is the parent URL of all items selected to bring up the commit dialog. This is basically the URL of the commonRoot path.
675 9358 The parameter bugID contains the content of the bug-ID field (if it is shown, configured with the property bugtraq:message).
676 9362 The return parameter bugIDOut is used to fill the bug-ID field when the method returns.
677 9366 The revPropNames and revPropValues return parameters can contain name/value pairs for revision properties that the commit should set. A plugin must make sure that both arrays have the same size on return! Each property name in revPropNames must also have a corresponding value in revPropValues. If no revision properties are to be set, the plugin must return empty arrays.
678 9370 \n
HRESULT CheckCommit (\n
[in] HWND hParentWnd,\n
[in] BSTR parameters,\n
[in] BSTR commonURL,\n
[in] BSTR commonRoot,\n
[in] SAFEARRAY(BSTR) pathList,\n
[in] BSTR commitMessage,\n
[out, retval] BSTR * errorMessage\n
);\n
12215
679 9375 This method is called right before the commit dialog is closed and the commit begins. A plugin can use this method to validate the selected files/folders for the commit and/or the commit message entered by the user. The parameters are the same as for GetCommitMessage2(), with the difference that commonURL is now the common URL of all checked items, and commonRoot the root path of all checked items.
680 9379 For the branch/tag dialog, the commonURL is the source URL of the copy, and commonRoot is set to the target URL of the copy.
681 9383 The return parameter errorMessage must either contain an error message which TortoiseSVN shows to the user or be empty for the commit to start. If an error message is returned, TortoiseSVN shows the error string in a dialog and keeps the commit dialog open so the user can correct whatever is wrong. A plugin should therefore return an error string which informs the user what is wrong and how to correct it.
682 9387 \n
HRESULT OnCommitFinished (\n
// Parent window for any (error) UI that needs to be displayed.\n
[in] HWND hParentWnd,\n
\n
// The common root of all paths that got committed.\n
[in] BSTR commonRoot,\n
\n
// All the paths that got committed.\n
[in] SAFEARRAY(BSTR) pathList,\n
\n
\n
// The text already present in the commit message.\n
[in] BSTR logMessage,\n
\n
// The revision of the commit.\n
[in] ULONG revision,\n
\n
\n
// An error to show to the user if this function\n
// returns something else than S_OK\n
[out, retval] BSTR * error\n
);\n
12234
683 9392 This method is called after a successful commit. A plugin can use this method to e.g., close the selected issue or add information about the commit to the issue. The parameters are the same as for GetCommitMessage2.
684 9396 \n
HRESULT HasOptions(\n
// Whether the provider provides options\n
[out, retval] VARIANT_BOOL *ret\n
);\n
12266
685 9401 This method is called from the settings dialog where the user can configure the plugins. If a plugin provides its own configuration dialog with ShowOptionsDialog, it must return TRUE here, otherwise it must return FALSE.
686 9405 \n
HRESULT ShowOptionsDialog(\n
// Parent window for the options dialog\n
[in] HWND hParentWnd,\n
\n
// Parameters for your provider.\n
[in] BSTR parameters,\n
\n
// The parameters string\n
[out, retval] BSTR * newparameters\n
);\n
12280
687 9410 This method is called from the settings dialog when the user clicks on the \"Options\" button that is shown if HasOptions returns TRUE. A plugin can show an options dialog to make it easier for the user to configure the plugin.
688 9414 The parameters string contains the plugin parameters string that is already set/entered.
689 9418 The newparameters return parameter must contain the parameters string which the plugin constructed from the info it gathered in its options dialog. That paramameters string is passed to all other IBugtraqProvider and IBugtraqProvider2 methods.
690 9426 FAQ 12305
691 9438 users@tortoisesvn.tigris.org is the one to use if you have questions about using TortoiseSVN.
692 9442 If you want to help out with the development of TortoiseSVN, then you should take part in discussions on dev@tortoisesvn.tigris.org.
693 9446 If you want to help with the translation of the TortoiseSVN user interface or the documentation, send an e-mail to translators@tortoisesvn.tigris.org.
694 9450 If you have a question which is not answered anywhere else, the best place to ask it is on one of the mailing lists:
695 9470 reorganize 12345
696 9691 Of the three methods described, this is the only one which needs no setup on the client side. Once externals are specified in the folder properties, all clients will get populated folders when they update. 12642
697 9759 If the files are already in the repository, they have to be deleted from the repository and added to the ignore list. Fortunately TortoiseSVN has a convenient shortcut for doing this. TortoiseSVNUnversion and add to ignore list will first mark the file/folder for deletion from the repository, keeping the local copy. It also adds this item to the ignore list so that it will not be added back into Subversion again by mistake. Once this is done you just need to commit the parent folder.
698 9775 If you have a working copy which you no longer need, how do you get rid of it cleanly? Easy - just delete it in Windows Explorer! Working copies are private local entities, and they are self-contained. 12798
699 9809 deploy 12839
700 9873 As of version 1.4.0 and later, the TortoiseSVN installer doesn't provide the user with the option to set the SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK environment variable anymore, since that caused many problems and confusion for users who always install everything no matter whether they know what it is for.
701 9893 As of version 1.5.0 and later, TortoiseSVN allows you to disable (actually, hide) context menu entries. Since this is a feature which should not be used lightly but only if there is a compelling reason, there is no GUI for this and it has to be done directly in the registry. This can be used to disable certain commands for users who should not use them. But please note that only the context menu entries in the explorer are hidden, and the commands are still available through other means, e.g. the command line or even other dialogs in TortoiseSVN itself! 12967
702 9897 The registry keys which hold the information on which context menus to show are HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\TortoiseSVN\\ContextMenuEntriesMaskLow and HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\TortoiseSVN\\ContextMenuEntriesMaskHigh. 12971
703 9901 Each of these registry entries is a DWORD value, with each bit corresponding to a specific menu entry. A set bit means the corresponding menu entry is deactivated. 12975
704 9905 Menu entries and their values 12979
705 9913 Menu entry 12988
706 10055 Diff with URL 13158
707 10067 Help 13173
708 10071 About 13177
709 10075 Example: to disable the Relocate the Delete unversioned items and the Settings menu entries, add the values assigned to the entries like this: \n
0x0000000000080000\n
+ 0x0000000080000000\n
+ 0x2000000000000000\n
= 0x2000000080080000\n
The lower DWORD value (0x80080000) must then be stored in HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\TortoiseSVN\\ContextMenuEntriesMaskLow, the higher DWORD value (0x20000000) in HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\TortoiseSVN\\ContextMenuEntriesMaskHigh.
13181
710 10079 To enable the menu entries again, simply delete the two registry keys. 13191
711 10123 You can also specify a file which contains a list of paths, separated by newlines. The file must be in UTF-16 format. If you pass such a file, use instead of . To have TortoiseProc delete that file after the command is finished, you can pass the parameter . 13244
712 10222 /findstring:\"filterstring\" 13362
713 10226 /findtext 13366
714 10230 /findregex 13370
715 10234 /findtype:X 13374
716 10238 filter by everything 13378
717 10242 filter by messages 13382
718 10246 filter by path 13386
719 10250 filter by authors 13390
720 10254 filter by revisions 13394
721 10258 filter by bug ID 13398
722 10295 /includeexternals
723 10299 Updates the working copy in to HEAD. If the option is given then a dialog is shown to ask the user to which revision the update should go. To avoid the dialog specify a revision number . Other options are , and .
724 10309 /logmsgfile:path 13456
725 10338 Cleans up interrupted or aborted operations and unlocks the working copy in . Use to prevent the result dialog from popping up (either telling about the cleanup being finished or showing an error message). 13493
726 10427 Depending on the URLs and revisions to compare, this either shows a unified diff (if the option is set), a dialog with a list of files that have changed or if the URLs point to files starts the diff viewer for those two files. 13607
727 10431 The options , , and must be specified. The options , , and are optional. 13611
728 10480 Opens the blame dialog for the file specified in . 13677
729 10484 If the options and are set, then the dialog asking for the blame range is not shown but the revision values of those options are used instead. 13681
730 10488 If the option is set, TortoiseBlame will open with the specified line number showing. 13685
731 10492 The options , and are also supported. 13689
732 10536 Tsvncmd URL handler 13765
733 10544 Using special URLs, it is also possible to call TortoiseProc from a web page. 13775
734 10548 TortoiseSVN registers a new protocol tsvncmd: which can be used to create hyperlinks that execute TortoiseSVN commands. The commands and parameters are the same as when automating TortoiseSVN from the command line. 13779
735 10552 The format of the tsvncmd: URL is like this: 13783
736 10556 tsvncmd:command:cmd?parameter:paramvalue?parameter:paramvalue 13787
737 10560 with cmd being one of the allowed commands and with parameter being a parameter like path or revision, depending on the command used. 13791
738 10568 \n
&lt;a href=\"tsvncmd:command:showcompare?\n
url1:https://stexbar.googlecode.com/svn/trunk/StExBar/src/setup/Setup.wxs?\n
url2:https://stexbar.googlecode.com/svn/trunk/StExBar/src/setup/Setup.wxs?\n
revision1:188?revision2:189\"&gt;compare&lt;/a&gt;\n
13801
739 10573 An example URL might look like this: 13811
740 10581 The image diff tool has a few command line options which you can use to control how the tool is started. The program is called TortoiseIDiff.exe. 13820
741 10585 The table below lists all the options which can be passed to the image diff tool on the command line. 13824
742 10593 Option 13833
743 10597 Path to the file shown on the left. 13837
744 10602 A title string. This string is used in the image view title instead of the full path to the image file. 13842
745 10606 Path to the file shown on the right. 13846
746 10610 If specified, the image diff tool switches to the overlay mode (alpha blend). 13850
747 10614 If specified, the image diff tool fits both images together. 13854
748 10618 Shows the image info box. 13858
749 10622 Example (which should be entered on one line): \n
TortoiseIDiff.exe /left:\"c:\\images\\img1.jpg\" /lefttitle:\"image 1\"\n
/right:\"c:\\images\\img2.jpg\" /righttitle:\"image 2\"\n
/fit /overlay\n
13862
750 10654 In the descriptions which follow, the URL for a repository location is shown simply as URL, and an example might be http://tortoisesvn.googlecode.com/svn/trunk/. The working copy path is shown simply as PATH, and an example might be C:\\TortoiseSVN\\trunk.
751 10666 \n
svn checkout [-depth ARG] [--ignore-externals] [-r rev] URL PATH\n
752 10672 The depth combo box items relate to the -depth argument.
753 10706 \n
svn info URL_of_WC\n
svn update [-r rev] [-depth ARG] [--ignore-externals] PATH\n
754 10741 \n
svn commit -m \"LogMessage\" [-depth ARG] [--no-unlock] PATH...\n
755 11006 Implementation Details 14500
756 11014 overlay priority 14510
757 11018 Every file and folder has a Subversion status value as reported by the Subversion library. In the command line client, these are represented by single letter codes, but in TortoiseSVN they are shown graphically using the icon overlays. Because the number of overlays is very limited, each overlay may represent one of several status values. 14514
758 11022 The Conflicted overlay is used to represent the conflicted state, where an update or switch results in conflicts between local changes and changes downloaded from the repository. It is also used to indicate the obstructed state, which can occur when an operation is unable to complete. 14518
759 11026 The Modified overlay represents the modified state, where you have made local modifications, the merged state, where changes from the repository have been merged with local changes, and the replaced state, where a file has been deleted and replaced by another different file with the same name. 14522
760 11030 The Deleted overlay represents the deleted state, where an item is scheduled for deletion, or the missing state, where an item is not present. Naturally an item which is missing cannot have an overlay itself, but the parent folder can be marked if one of its child items is missing. 14526
761 11038 The In Subversion overlay is used to represent an item which is in the normal state, or a versioned item whose state is not yet known. Because TortoiseSVN uses a background caching process to gather status, it may take a few seconds before the overlay updates. 14536
762 11042 The Needs Lock overlay is used to indicate when a file has the svn:needs-lock property set. For working copies which were created using Subversion 1.4.0 and later, the svn:needs-lock status is cached locally by Subversion and this is used to determine when to show this overlay. For working copies which are in pre-1.4.x format, TortoiseSVN shows this overlay when the file has read-only status. Note that Subversion automatically upgrades working copies when you update them, although the caching of the svn:needs-lock property may not happen until the file itself is updated. 14540
763 11046 The Locked overlay is used when the local working copy holds a lock for that file. 14544
764 11050 The Ignored overlay is used to represent an item which is in the ignored state, either due to a global ignore pattern, or the svn:ignore property of the parent folder. This overlay is optional. 14548
765 11054 The Unversioned overlay is used to represent an item which is in the unversioned state. This is an item in a versioned folder, but which is not under version control itself. This overlay is optional. 14552
766 11058 If an item has subversion status none (the item is not within a working copy) then no overlay is shown. If you have chosen to disable the Ignored and Unversioned overlays then no overlay will be shown for those files either. 14556
767 11062 An item can only have one Subversion status value. For example a file could be locally modified and it could be marked for deletion at the same time. Subversion returns a single status value - in this case deleted. Those priorities are defined within Subversion itself. 14560
768 11066 When TortoiseSVN displays the status recursively (the default setting), each folder displays an overlay reflecting its own status and the status of all its children. In order to display a single summary overlay, we use the priority order shown above to determine which overlay to use, with the Conflicted overlay taking highest priority. 14564
769 11098 This section provides a step-by-step guide to setting up Subversion and TortoiseSVN to use the svn+ssh protocol. If you already use authenticated SSH connections to login to your server, then you are already there and you can find more detail in the Subversion book. If you are not using SSH but would like to do so to protect your Subversion installation, this guide gives a simple method which does not involve creating a separate SSH user account on the server for every subversion user. 14609
770 11102 In this implementation we create a single SSH user account for all subversion users, and use different authentication keys to differentiate between the real Subversion users. 14613
771 11106 In this appendix we assume that you already have the subversion tools installed, and that you have created a repository as detailed elsewhere in this manual. Note that you should not start svnserve as a service or daemon when used with SSH. 14617
772 11110 Much of the information here comes from a tutorial provided by Marc Logemann, which has been archived at http://tortoisesvn.net/ssh_howto Additional information on setting up a Windows server was provided by Thorsten Müller. Thanks guys!
773 11114 You can also watch a video tutorial created by Maximo Migliari which takes you through all the important steps. Watch it on Vimeo. or YouTube. 14625
774 11122 You need to have SSH enabled on the server, and here we assume that you will be using OpenSSH. On most distributions this will already be installed. To find out, type: \n
ps xa | grep sshd\n
and look for ssh jobs.
14634
775 11126 One point to note is that if you build Subversion from source and do not provide any argument to ./configure, Subversion creates a bin directory under /usr/local and places its binaries there. If you want to use tunneling mode with SSH, you have to be aware that the user logging in via SSH needs to execute the svnserve program and some other binaries. For this reason, either place /usr/local/bin into the PATH variable or create symbolic links of your binaries to the /usr/sbin directory, or to any other directory which is commonly in the PATH. 14641
776 11130 To check that everything is OK, login in as the target user with SSH and type: \n
which svnserve\n
This command should tell you if svnserve is reachable.
14645
777 11134 Create a new user which we will use to access the svn repository: \n
useradd -m svnuser\n
Be sure to give this user full access rights to the repository.
14652
778 11142 Install Cygwin SSH daemon as described here: http://pigtail.net/LRP/printsrv/cygwin-sshd.html 14664
779 11146 Create a new Windows user account svnuser which we will use to access the repository. Be sure to give this user full access rights to the repository. 14668
780 11150 If there is no password file yet then create one from the Cygwin console using: \n
mkpasswd -l &gt; /etc/passwd\n
14672
781 11158 Grab the tools we need for using SSH on the windows client from this site: http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/ Just go to the download section and get Putty, Plink, Pageant and Puttygen. 14684
782 11162 Creating OpenSSH Certificates 14688
783 11166 The next step is to create a key pair for authentication. There are two possible ways to create keys. The first is to create the keys with PuTTYgen on the client, upload the public key to your server and use the private key with PuTTY. The other is to create the key pair with the OpenSSH tool ssh-keygen, download the private key to your client and convert the private key to a PuTTY-style private key. 14692
784 11170 Create Keys using ssh-keygen 14696
785 11174 Login to the server as root or svnuser and type: \n
ssh-keygen -b 1024 -t dsa -N passphrase -f keyfile\n
substituting a real pass-phrase (which only you know) and key file. We just created a SSH2 DSA key with 1024 bit key-phrase. If you type \n
ls -l keyfile*\n
you will see two files, keyfile and keyfile.pub. As you might guess, the .pub file is the public key file, the other is the private one.
14700
786 11178 Append the public key to those in the .ssh folder within the svnuser home directory: \n
cat keyfile.pub &gt;&gt; /home/svnuser/.ssh/authorized_keys\n
14709
787 11182 In order to use the private key we generated, we have to convert it to a putty format. This is because the private key file format is not specified by a standards body. After you download the private key file to your client PC, start PuTTYgen and use ConversionsImport key. Browse to your file keyfile which you got from the server the passphrase you used when creating the key. Finally click on Save private key and save the file as keyfile.PPK. 14716
788 11186 Create Keys using PuTTYgen 14720
789 11190 Use PuTTYgen to generate a public-key/private-key pair and save it. Copy the public key to the server and append it to those in the .ssh folder within the svnuser home directory: \n
cat keyfile.pub &gt;&gt; /home/svnuser/.ssh/authorized_keys\n
14724
790 11194 Test using PuTTY 14731
791 11198 To test the connection we will use PuTTY. Start the program and on the Session tab set the hostname to the name or IP address of your server, the protocol to SSH and save the session as SvnConnection or whatever name you prefer. On the SSH tab set the preferred SSH protocol version to 2 and from Auth set the full path to the .PPK private key file you converted earlier. Go back to the Sessions tab and hit the Save button. You will now see SvnConnection in the list of saved sessions. 14735
792 11202 Click on Open and you should see a telnet style login prompt. Use svnuser as the user name and if all is well you should connect directly without being prompted for a password. 14739
793 11206 You may need to edit /etc/sshd_config on the server. Edit lines as follows and restart the SSH service afterwards. \n
PubkeyAuthentication yes\n
PasswordAuthentication no\n
PermitEmptyPasswords no\n
ChallengeResponseAuthentication no\n
14743
794 11214 So far we have only tested that you can login using SSH. Now we need to make sure that the SSH connection can actually run svnserve. On the server modify /home/svnuser/.ssh/authorized_keys as follows to allow many subversion authors to use the same system account, svnuser. Note that every subversion author uses the same login but a different authentication key, thus you have to add one line for every author. 14758
795 11218 Note: This is all on one very long line. \n
command=\"svnserve -t -r &lt;ReposRootPath&gt; --tunnel-user=&lt;author&gt;\",\n
no-port-forwarding,no-agent-forwarding,no-X11-forwarding,\n
no-pty ssh-rsa &lt;PublicKey&gt; &lt;Comment&gt;\n
There are several values that you need to set according to your setup.
14762
796 11222 &lt;ReposRootPath&gt; should be replaced with the path to the directory containing your repositories. This avoids the need to specify full server paths within URLs. Note that you must use forward slashes even on a Windows server, e.g. c:/svn/reposroot. In the examples below we assume that you have a repository folder within the repository root called repos. 14771
797 11226 &lt;author&gt; should be replaced with the svn author that you want to be stored on commit. This also allows svnserve to use its own access rights within svnserve.conf. 14775
798 11230 &lt;PublicKey&gt; should be replaced with the public key that you generated earlier. 14779
799 11234 &lt;Comment&gt; can be any comment you like, but it is useful for mapping an svn author name to the person's real name. 14783
800 11238 Right click on any folder in Windows Explorer and select TortoiseSVNRepo-Browser. You will be prompted to enter a URL, so enter one in this form: \n
svn+ssh://svnuser@SvnConnection/repos\n
What does this URL mean? The Schema name is svn+ssh which tells TortoiseSVN how to handle the requests to the server. After the double slash, you specify the user to connect to the server, in our case svnuser. After the @ we supply our PuTTY session name. This session name contains all details like where to find the private key and the server's IP or DNS. Lastly we have to provide the path to the repository, relative to the repository root on the server, as specified in the authorized_keys file.
14787
801 11242 Click on OK and you should be able to browse the repository content. If so you now have a running SSH tunnel in conjunction with TortoiseSVN. 14794
802 11246 Note that by default TortoiseSVN uses its own version of Plink to connect. This avoids a console window popping up for every authentication attempt, but it also means that there is nowhere for error messages to appear. If you receive the error Unable to write to standard output, you can try specifying Plink as the client in TortoiseSVN's network settings. This will allow you to see the real error message generated by Plink. 14798
803 11254 One way to simplify the URL in TortoiseSVN is to set the user inside the PuTTY session. For this you have to load your already defined session SvnConnection in PuTTY and in the Connection tab set Auto login user to the user name, e.g. svnuser. Save your PuTTY session as before and try the following URL inside TortoiseSVN: \n
svn+ssh://SvnConnection/repos\n
This time we only provide the PuTTY session SvnConnection to the SSH client TortoiseSVN uses (TortoisePlink.exe). This client will check the session for all necessary details.
14808
804 11258 At the time of writing PuTTY does not check all saved configurations, so if you have multiple configurations with the same server name, it will pick the first one which matches. Also, if you edit the default configuration and save it, the auto login user name is not saved. 14815
805 11262 Many people like to use Pageant for storing all their keys. Because a PuTTY session is capable of storing a key, you don't always need Pageant. But imagine you want to store keys for several different servers; in that case you would have to edit the PuTTY session over and over again, depending on the server you are trying to connect with. In this situation Pageant makes perfect sense, because when PuTTY, Plink, TortoisePlink or any other PuTTY-based tool is trying to connect to an SSH server, it checks all private keys that Pageant holds to initiate the connection. 14819
806 11266 For this task, simply run Pageant and add the private key. It should be the same private key you defined in the PuTTY session above. If you use Pageant for private key storage, you can delete the reference to the private key file in your saved PuTTY session. You can add more keys for other servers, or other users of course. 14823
807 11270 If you don't want to repeat this procedure after every reboot of your client, you should place Pageant in the auto-start group of your Windows installation. You can append the keys with complete paths as command line arguments to Pageant.exe 14827
808 11274 The last way to connect to an SSH server is simply by using this URL inside TortoiseSVN: \n
svn+ssh://svnuser@100.101.102.103/repos\n
svn+ssh://svnuser@mydomain.com/repos\n
As you can see, we don't use a saved PuTTY session but an IP address (or domain name) as the connection target. We also supply the user, but you might ask how the private key file will be found. Because TortoisePlink.exe is just a modified version of the standard Plink tool from the PuTTY suite, TortoiseSVN will also try all the keys stored in Pageant.
14831
809 11278 If you use this last method, be sure you do not have a default username set in PuTTY. We have had reports of a bug in PuTTY causing connections to close in this case. To remove the default user, simply clear HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\SimonTatham\\Putty\\Sessions\\Default%20Settings\\HostName 14839
810 11282 Language Packs and Spell Checkers
811 11286 The standard installer has support only for English, but you can download separate language packs and spell check dictionaries separately after installation.
812 11302 The TortoiseSVN user interface has been translated into many different languages, so you may be able to download a language pack to suit your needs. You can find the language packs on our translation status page. And if there is no language pack available, why not join the team and submit your own translation ;-)
813 11306 Each language pack is packaged as a .msi installer. Just run the install program and follow the instructions. After the installation finishes, the translation will be available.
814 11310 The documentation has also been translated into several different languages. You can download translated manuals from the support page on our website.
815 11330 The installer automatically adds the US and UK English dictionaries. If you want other languages, the easiest option is simply to install one of TortoiseSVN's language packs. This will install the appropriate dictionary files as well as the TortoiseSVN local user interface. After the installation finishes, the dictionary will be available too.
Note: Line numbers are as in committed file, it may differ when you update to use newer .pot, also edited multi line messages may shift line position.

Total:815

Fuzzy mark test

String marked as fuzzy is not in final shape.

Index Line English Line Native
1 - The chapter on explains how to set up a local repository, which is useful for testing Subversion and TortoiseSVN using a single PC. It also explains a bit about repository administration which is also relevant to repositories located on a server. There is also a section here on how to setup a server if you need one. 138 Bab menjelaskan bagaimana menyiapkan repositori lokal, yang berguna untuk menguji Subversion dan TortoiseSVN menggunakan PC tunggal. Ini juga menjelaskan sedikit tentang administrasi repositori yang juga relevan untuk repositori yang ditempatkan pada server.
2 - The section on shows how the TortoiseSVN GUI dialogs can be called from the command line. This is useful for scripting where you still need user interaction. 159 Seksi Mengotomasi TortoiseSVN memperlihatkan kepada Anda dialog GUI TortoiseSVN bisa dipanggil dari baris perintah. Ini berguna untuk penaskahan di mana Anda masih memerlukan interaksi pengguna.
3 - The give a correlation between TortoiseSVN commands and their equivalents in the Subversion command line client svn.exe. 165 Referensi Silang Baris Perintah memberikan korelasi antara perintah TortoiseSVN dan persamaannya dalam klien baris perintah Subversion svn.exe.
4 - TortoiseSVN is an Open Source project. That means you have full read access to the source code of this program. You can browse it on this link http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/svn/tortoisesvn/. You will be prompted to enter username and password. The username is guest, and the password must be left blank. The most recent version (where we're currently working) is located under /trunk/, and the released versions are located under /tags/. 181 TortoiseSVN adalah proyek Sumber Terbuka. Itu berarti Anda mempunyai akses penuh ke kode sumber dari program ini. Anda bisa melihatnya pada link ini http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/svn/tortoisesvn/. (Nama pengguna:guest, untuk kata sandi tekan enter) Versi terbaru (dimana Anda saat ini bekerja) ditempatkan di bawah /trunk/ versi rilis ditempatkan di bawah /tags/.
5 - Both TortoiseSVN and Subversion are developed by a community of people who are working on those projects. They come from different countries all over the world and work together to create wonderful programs. 192 TortoiseSVN dan Subversion dikembangkan oleh komunitas orang yang bekerja pada proyek itu. Mereka datang dari berbagai negara di seluruh dunia dan bergabung bersama untuk membuat program yang baik.
6 - for the beautiful icons, logo, bug hunting, translating and managing the translations 228 untuk ikon yang indah, logo, pemburuan bug dan memelihara dokumentasi
7 - User Actions are indicated using a bold font. Alt+A: press the Alt-Key on your keyboard and while holding it down press the A-Key as well. Right-drag: press the right mouse button and while holding it down drag the items to the new location. 307 Aksi Pengguna ditunjukan menggunakan font tebal. ALT+A: tekan Tombol-ALT pada keyboard Anda dan sementara menekannya tekan juga Tombol-A. Seret-kanan: tekan tombol kanan mouse dan sementara menekannya seret item ke lokasi baru.
8 - Tim studied the source code of TortoiseCVS and used it as a base for TortoiseSVN. He then started the project, registered the domain tortoisesvn.org and put the source code online. During that time, Stefan Küng was looking for a good and free version control system and found Subversion and the source for TortoiseSVN. Since TortoiseSVN was still not ready for use then he joined the project and started programming. Soon he rewrote most of the existing code and started adding commands and features, up to a point where nothing of the original code remained. 380 Tim mempelajari kode sumber TortoiseCVS dan menggunakannya sebagai dasar untuk TortoiseSVN. Kemudian dia memulai proyek, domain teregistrasi tortoisesvn.org dan menyimpan kode sumber secara online. Selama waktu itu, Stefan Küng sedang mencari sistem kontrol versi yang baik dan bebas dan menemukan Subversion serta sumber untuk TortoiseSVN. Karena TortoiseSVN masih belum siap untuk digunakan maka dia bergabung dengan proyek dan memulai pemrograman. Segera setelah dia menulis ulang banyak dari kode yang sudah ada dan mulai menambahkan perintah serta fitur, sampai ke titik di mana tidak ada kode asli yang tersisa.
9 - As Subversion became more stable it attracted more and more users who also started using TortoiseSVN as their Subversion client. The user base grew quickly (and is still growing every day). That's when Lübbe Onken offered to help out with some nice icons and a logo for TortoiseSVN. And he takes care of the website and manages the translation. 386 Karena Subversion menjadi lebih stabil ia menarik semakin banyak pengguna yang juga mulai menggunakan TortoiseSVN sebagai klien Subversion-nya. Basis pengguna tumbuh dengan cepat (dan masih tumbuh setiap hari). Itulah ketika Lübbe Onken menawarkan membantu dengan beberapa ikon bagus dan logo untuk TortoiseSVN. Dan dia memelihara situs serta mengatur terjemahan.
10 - TortoiseSVN runs on Windows 2000 SP2, Windows XP or higher. Windows 98, Windows ME and Windows NT4 are no longer supported since TortoiseSVN 1.2.0, but you can still download the older versions if you really need them. 532 TortoiseSVN berjalan pada Win2k SP2, WinXP atau lebih tinggi. Windows 98, Windows ME dan Windows NT4 tidak lagi didukung sejak TortoiseSVN 1.2.0, tapi Anda masih bisa mengunduh versi lebih lama jika Anda benar-benar membutuhkannya.
11 - The installer automatically adds the US and UK English dictionaries. If you want other languages, the easiest option is simply to install one of TortoiseSVN's language packs. This will install the appropriate dictionary files as well as the TortoiseSVN local user interface. Next time you restart, the dictionary will be available too. 606 Instalator secara otomatis menambahkan kamus bahasa ingris US dan UK. Jika Anda ingin bahasa lain, opsi termudah cukup instalasi salah satu dari paket bahasa TortoiseSVN. Ini akan menginstalasi file kamus yang benar juga interface pengguna lokal TortoiseSVN. Lain kali Anda memulai, kamus akan tersedia juga.
12 - Or you can install the dictionaries yourself. If you have OpenOffice or Mozilla installed, you can copy those dictionaries, which are located in the installation folders for those applications. Otherwise, you need to download the required dictionary files from http://wiki.services.openoffice.org/wiki/Dictionaries 612 Atau Anda bisa menginstalasi kamus oleh Anda sendiri. Jika Anda mempunyai OpenOffice atau Mozilla terinstalasi, Anda bisa menyalin kamus itu, yang ditempatkan dalam folder instalasi untuk aplikasi itu. Sebaliknya, Anda perlu mendownload file kamus yang dibutuhkan dari http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/spell_dic.html
13 - If none of the above works, then the default language is English, which is included with the standard installation. 648 Jika tidak satupun di atas yang bekerja, maka bahasa standar adalah bahasa Inggris, yang disertakan dengan instalasi standar.
14 - Basic Version-Control Concepts 659 Konsep Dasar
15 - When a client reads data from the repository, it normally sees only the latest version of the filesystem tree. But the client also has the ability to view previous states of the filesystem. For example, a client can ask historical questions like, what did this directory contain last Wednesday?, or who was the last person to change this file, and what changes did they make? These are the sorts of questions that are at the heart of any version control system: systems that are designed to record and track changes to data over time. 713 Ketika klien membaca data dari repositori, ia biasanya hanya melihat versi terbaru dari susunan sistem file. Tapi klien juga mempunyai kemampuan untuk melihat keadaan sistem file sebelumnya. Sebagai contoh, klien bisa meminta pertanyaan historis seperti, \"apa isi dari direktori ini Rabu terakhir?\", atau \"siapa orang terakhir yang mengubah file ini, dan perubahan apa yang dibuatnya?\" Ini adalah semacam pertanyaan yang merupakan jantung dari setiap sistem kontrol versi: sistem yang didesain untuk merekam dan melacak perubahan terhadap data berkali-kali.
16 - Many version control systems use a lock-modify-unlock model to address this problem, which is a very simple solution. In such a system, the repository allows only one person to change a file at a time. First Harry must lock the file before he can begin making changes to it. Locking a file is a lot like borrowing a book from the library; if Harry has locked a file, then Sally cannot make any changes to it. If she tries to lock the file, the repository will deny the request. All she can do is read the file, and wait for Harry to finish his changes and release his lock. After Harry unlocks the file, his turn is over, and now Sally can take her turn by locking and editing. 750 Banyak sistem kontrol versi menggunakan model kunci-ubah-buka kunci untuk mengatasi masalah ini, yang merupakan solusi sederhana. Dalam sistem tersebut, repositori mengijinkan hanya satu orang untuk mengubah file pada satu waktu. Pertama Harry harus \"mengunci\" file sebelum ia bisa mulai membuat perubahan terhadapnya. Penguncian file banyak miripnya dengan meminjam buku dari perpustakaan; jika Harry telah mengunci file, maka Sally tidak bisa membuat perubahan terhadapnya. Jika Sally mencoba untuk mengunci file, repositori akan menolak permintaan tersebut. Yang Sally bisa lakukan hanyalah membaca file, dan menunggu Harry untuk menyelesaikan perubahannya dan melepaskan kuncinya. Setelah Harry membuka kunci file, gilirannya sudah selesai, dan sekarang Sally bisa mengambil gilirannya dengan mengunci dan mengedit.
17 - Here's an example. Say that Harry and Sally each create working copies of the same project, copied from the repository. They work concurrently, and make changes to the same file A within their copies. Sally saves her changes to the repository first. When Harry attempts to save his changes later, the repository informs him that his file A is out-of-date. In other words, that file A in the repository has somehow changed since he last copied it. So Harry asks his client to merge any new changes from the repository into his working copy of file A. Chances are that Sally's changes don't overlap with his own; so once he has both sets of changes integrated, he saves his working copy back to the repository. 787 Ini adalah sebuah contoh. Katakanlah bahwa Harry dan Sally masing-masing membuat copy pekerjaan dari proyek yang sama, disalin dari repositori. Mereka bekerja secara konkuren, dan membuat perubahan pada file \"A\" yang sama dalam salinan mereka. Sally menyimpan perubahannya ke repositori terlebih dahulu. Ketika Harry mencoba untuk menyimpan perubahannya nanti, repositori menginformasikan bahwa filenya ketinggalan zaman. Dengan kata lain, file A dalam repositori sudah diubah sejak terakhir Harry menyalinnya. Jadi Harry meminta kliennya untuk menggabung setiap perubahan baru dari repositori ke dalam copy pekerjaannya untuk file A. Ada kemungkinan bahwa perubahan-perubahan yang dibuat Sally tidak bertumpukan dengan milik Harry; jadi sekali dia menjadikan kedua perubahan terintegrasi, dia menyimpan copy pekerjaannya kembali ke repositori.
18 - There is one common situation where the lock-modify-unlock model comes out better, and that is where you have unmergeable files. For example if your repository contains some graphic images, and two people change the image at the same time, there is no way for those changes to be merged together. Either Harry or Sally will lose their changes. 819 Ada satu situasi umum di mana model kunci-ubah-buka kunci jauh lebih baik, dan itu adalah di mana Anda sudah tidak menggabung file. Sebagai contoh jika repositori Anda berisi beberapa gambar grafik, dan dua orang mengubah gambar pada saat yang sama, tidak ada cara untuk kedua perubahan itu untuk digabung bersama. Salah satu dari Harry atau Sally akan kehilangan perubahannya.
19 - After you've made some changes to the files in your working copy and verified that they work properly, Subversion provides you with commands to publish your changes to the other people working with you on your project (by writing to the repository). If other people publish their own changes, Subversion provides you with commands to merge those changes into your working directory (by reading from the repository). 860 Setelah Anda membuat beberapa perubahan pada file dalam copy pekerjaan Anda dan memverifikasi bahwa mereka bekerja dengan benar, Subversion menyediakan kepada Anda perintah untuk \"menerbitkan\" perubahan Anda ke orang lain yang bekerja dengan Anda pada proyek Anda (dengan menulis ke repositori). Jika orang lain menerbitkan perubahan mereka sendiri, Subversion menyediakan kepada Anda perintah untuk menggabung perubahan-perubahan itu ke dalam direktori pekerjaan Anda (dengan membacanya dari repositori).
20 - To get a working copy, you must check out some subtree of the repository. (The term check out may sound like it has something to do with locking or reserving resources, but it doesn't; it simply creates a private copy of the project for you). 891 Untuk mendapatkan copy pekerjaan, Anda harus melakukan check out beberapa subpohon dari repositori. (Istilah \"check out\" mungkin terdengar seperti berhubungan dengan penguncian atau memelihara sumber daya, tapi ini bukan; ia membuat copy pribadi proyek untuk Anda).
21 - Unauthenticated TCP/IP access via custom protocol to a server. 996 Akses TCP/IP tidak terotentikasi via protokol kustom ke suatu server .
22 - authenticated, encrypted TCP/IP access via custom protocol to a server. 1007 terotentikasi, akses TCP/IP terenkripsi via protokol bebas ke suatu server .
23 - For the most part, Subversion's URLs use the standard syntax, allowing for server names and port numbers to be specified as part of the URL. The file:// access method is normally used for local access, although it can be used with UNC paths to a networked host. The URL therefore takes the form file://hostname/path/to/repos. For the local machine, the hostname portion of the URL is required to be either absent or localhost. For this reason, local paths normally appear with three slashes, file:///path/to/repos. 1013 Untuk bagian terbanyak, URL Subversion menggunakan sintaks standar, membolehkan nama server dan nomor port ditetapkan sebagai bagian dari URL. Metode akses file: biasanya digunakan untuk akses lokal, meskipun bisa digunakan dengan path UNC ke host di jaringan. Oleh karenanya URL mengambil bentuk file://hostname/path/ke/repos. Untuk mesin lokal, bagian nama host dari URL diharuskan kosong atau localhost. Untuk alasan ini, path lokal biasanya muncul dengan tiga garis miring, file:///path/ke/repos.
24 - Also, users of the file:// scheme on Windows platforms will need to use an unofficially standard syntax for accessing repositories that are on the same machine, but on a different drive than the client's current working drive. Either of the two following URL path syntaxes will work where X is the drive on which the repository resides: 1019 Juga, para pengguna skema file: pada platform Windows akan perlu untuk menggunakan sintaks tidak resmi yang standar untuk pengaksesan repositori yang ada pada mesin yang sama, tapi pada drive yang berbeda dari drive klien pekerjaan saat ini. Baik dua sintaks path URL berikut akan bekerja di mana X adalah drive di mana repositori berada:
25 - You can safely access a FSFS repository via a network share, but you cannot access a BDB repository in this way. 1046 Anda bisa mengakses repositori FSFS dengan aman via jaringan berbagi, tapi Anda tidak bisa mengakses BDB repositori dengan cara itu.
26 - A svn commit operation can publish changes to any number of files and directories as a single atomic transaction. In your working copy, you can change files' contents, create, delete, rename and copy files and directories, and then commit the complete set of changes as a unit. 1069 Operasi svn commit bisa menerbitkan perubahan ke sejumlah file dan direktori sebagai transaksi atomis tunggal. Dalam copy pekerjaan Anda, Anda bisa mengubah isi file, membuat, menghapus, mengganti nama dan mengcopy file dan direktori, dan kemudian mengkomit set lengkap dari perubahan sebagai sebuah unit.
27 - In the repository, each commit is treated as an atomic transaction: either all the commits changes take place, or none of them take place. Subversion retains this atomicity in the face of program crashes, system crashes, network problems, and other users' actions. 1075 Dalam repositori, setiap komit diperlakukan sebagai transaksi atomis: baik semua perubahan komit dimulai, ataupun tidak ada yang dimulai. Subversion mencoba untuk mempertahankan atomisitis ini saat menghadapi kerusakan program, kerusakan sistem, masalah jaringan, dan tindakan pengguna lainnya.
28 - The file has been changed in the working directory, and no changes to that file have been committed to the repository since its base revision. There are local changes that have not been committed to the repository, thus a commit of the file will succeed in publishing your changes, and an update of the file will do nothing. 1203 File sudah diubah dalam direktori pekerjaan, dan tidak ada perubahan ke file itu yang telah dikomit ke repositori sejak revisi base-nya. Ada perubahan lokal yang belum dikomit ke repositori sehingga komit file akan melanjutkan ke penerbitan perubahan Anda, dan mutahirkan file tidak akan mengerjakan apapun.
29 - The file has not been changed in the working directory, but it has been changed in the repository. The file should eventually be updated, to make it current with the public revision. A commit of the file will do nothing, and an update of the file will fold the latest changes into your working copy. 1214 File belum diubah dalam direktori pekerjaan, tapi sudah diubah dalam repositori. Alhasil file harus dimutahirkan untuk membuatnya saat ini dengan revisi umum. Komit file tidak akan mengerjakan apapun, dan mutahirkan file akan memasukkan perubahan terbaru ke dalam copy pekerjaan Anda.
30 - The file has been changed both in the working directory, and in the repository. A commit of the file will fail with an out-of-date error. The file should be updated first; an update command will attempt to merge the public changes with the local changes. If Subversion can't complete the merge in a plausible way automatically, it leaves it to the user to resolve the conflict. 1225 File telah diubah dalam copy pekerjaan dan dalam repositori. Komit file akan gagal dengan kesalahan \"ketinggalan jaman\". File harus dimutahirkan dulu; perintah mutahirkan akan mencoba untuk menggabung perubahan umum dengan perubahan lokal. Jika Subversion tidak bisa menyelesaikan penggabungan dalam cara yang masuk akal secara otomatis, ia membiarkan pengguna untuk menyelesaikan konflik.
31 - create repository 1271 Buat Repositori Disini
32 - You can create a repository with the FSFS backend or with the older Berkeley Database (BDB) format. The FSFS format is generally faster and easier to administer, and it works on network shares and Windows 98 without problems. The BDB format was once considered more stable simply because it has been in use for longer, but since FSFS has now been in use in the field for several years, that argument is now rather weak. Read Choosing a Data Store in the Subversion book for more information. 1277 Anda bisa membuat repositori dengan ujung belakang FSFS atau dengan format lama tapi stabil Berkeley Database (BDB). Format FSFS lebih cepat dan sekarang bekerja pada jaringan berbagi dan Windows 98 tanpa masalah. Format BDB lebih stabil karena sudah diuji lebih lama. Baca Repository Data Stores dalam buku Subversion untuk informasi lebih jauh.
33 - Do not create or access a Berkeley DB repository on a network share. It cannot exist on a remote file system. Not even if you have the network drive mapped to a drive letter. If you attempt to use Berkeley DB on a network share, the results are unpredictable - you may see mysterious errors right away, or it may be months before you discover that your repository database is subtly corrupted. 1401 Jangan membuat atau mengakses repositori Berkeley DB pada jaringan berbagi. Ia tidak bisa berada pada sistem file remote. Bahkan tidak jika Anda mempunyai drive jaringan yang dipetakan ke sautu huruf drive. Jika Anda mencoba untuk menggunakan Berkeley DB pada jaringan berbagi, hasilnya tidak bisa ditebak - Anda mungkin melihat kesalahan misterius segera, atau mungkin berbulan-bulan sebelum Anda menemukan bahwa database repositori sudah rusak.
34 - There are some standard, recommended ways to organize a repository. Most people create a trunk directory to hold the main line of development, a branches directory to contain branch copies, and a tags directory to contain tag copies. If a repository holds only one project, then often people create these top-level directories: 1446 Ada beberapa standar, cara yang direkomendasikan untuk mengatur repositori. Banyak orang membuat direktori trunk untuk menampung pengembangan \"baris utama\", direktori branches berisi copy cabang, dan direktori tags berisi copy tag. Jika repositori hanya menampung satu proyek, maka orang sering membuat direktori tingkat-atas:
35 - Server side hook scripts 1617 Naskah Hook
36 - server side hook scripts 1634 Naskah Hook
37 - A hook script is a program triggered by some repository event, such as the creation of a new revision or the modification of an unversioned property. Each hook is handed enough information to tell what that event is, what target(s) it's operating on, and the username of the person who triggered the event. Depending on the hook's output or return status, the hook program may continue the action, stop it, or suspend it in some way. Please refer to the chapter on Hook Scripts in the Subversion Book for full details about the hooks which are implemented. 1640 Naskah hook adalah program yang dipicu oleh beberapa peristiwa repositori, seperti pembuatan revisi baru atau modifikasi dari properti tidak berversi. Setiap hook diberi informasi cukup untuk memberitahu apa peristiwa itu, apa sasaran operasinya, dan nama pengguna dari orang yang memicu peristiwa. Tergantung pada output hook atau status hasil, program hook bisa melanjutkan tindakan, atau menghentikannya, atau menundanya dalam beberapa cara. Silahkan rujuk ke bab pada Hook Scripts dalam Buku Subversion untuk perincian lengkap mengenai hook yang diimplementasikan.
38 - TortoiseSVN link 1685 TortoiseSVN
39 - If you want to make your Subversion repository available to others you may want to include a link to it from your website. One way to make this more accessible is to include a checkout link for other TortoiseSVN users. 1699 Jika Anda ingin membuat repositori Subversion Anda tersedia bagi yang lain Anda mungkin ingin menyertakan link dari website Anda. Satu cara untuk membuat ini lebih bisa diakses adalah menyertakan link checkout untuk pengguna TSVN lain.
40 - When you install TortoiseSVN, it registers a new tsvn: protocol. When a TortoiseSVN user clicks on such a link, the checkout dialog will open automatically with the repository URL already filled in. 1705 Ketika Anda menginstalasi TortoiseSVN, ia meregister protokol tsvn: baru. Ketika pengguna TSVN mengklik pada link itu, dialog checkout akan dibuka secara otomatis dengan URL repositori yang sudah terisi.
41 - Of course it would look even better if you included a suitable picture. You can use the TortoiseSVN logo or you can provide your own image. 1738 Tentu saja ini akan terlihat bahkan lebih baik jika Anda menyertakan gambar yang cukup. Anda bisa menggunakan Logo TortoiseSVN atau Anda bisa menyediakan gambar Anda sendiri.
42 - To use TortoiseSVN (or any other Subversion client), you need a place where your repositories are located. You can either store your repositories locally and access them using the file:// protocol or you can place them on a server and access them with the http:// or svn:// protocols. The two server protocols can also be encrypted. You use https:// or svn+ssh://, or you can use svn:// with SASL. 1764 Untuk menggunakan TortoiseSVN (atau klien Subversion lain), Anda memerlukan tempat di mana repositori Anda ditempatkan. Anda bisa menyimpan repositori Anda secara lokal dan mengaksesnya menggunakan protokol file:// atau Anda menempatkannya pada server dan mengaksesnya dengan http:// atau protokol svn://. Dua protokol server berikut juga bisa dienkripsi. Anda menggunakan https:// atau svn+ssh://. Bab ini memperlihatkan kepada Anda langkah demi langkah bagaimana Anda menyiapkan server demikian pada mesin Windows.
43 - If you don't have a server and you work alone, or if you are just evaluating Subversion and TortoiseSVN in isolation, then local repositories are probably your best choice. Just create a repository on your own PC as described earlier in . You can skip the rest of this chapter and go directly to to find out how to start using it. 1774 Jika Anda tidak mempunyai server dan/atau jika Anda hanya bekerja sendiri maka repositori lokal mungkin pilihan terbaik Anda. Anda bisa melewatkan bab ini dan langsung pergi ke .
44 - The next sections are a step-by-step guide on how you can set up such a server on a Windows machine. Of course you can also set up a server on a Linux machine, but that is beyond the scope of this guide. More detailed information on the Subversion server options, and how to choose the best architecture for your situation, can be found in the Subversion book under Server Configuration. 1784 Satu-satunya cara untuk menghapus data dari repositori adalah menggunakan piranti baris perintah Subversion svnadmin. Anda bisa menemukan penjelasan bagaimana ini bekerja dalam Repository Maintenance.
45 - In most cases svnserve is easier to setup and runs faster than the Apache based server, although it doesn't have some of the advanced features. And now that SASL support is included it is easy to secure as well. 1799 Dalam banyak kasus svnserve lebih mudah disiapkan dan berjalan lebih cepat daripada server berbasis Apache.
46 - Run the Subversion installer. If you run the installer on your server (recommended) you can skip step 4. 1819 Jalankan instalator Subversion. Jika Anda menjalankan instalator pada server Anda bisa melewati langkah ke-4.
47 - You can also increase security and save time entering URLs with svnserve by using the --root switch to set the root location and restrict access to a specified directory on the server: \n
svnserve.exe --daemon --root drive:\\path\\to\\repository\\root\n
Using the previous test as a guide, svnserve would now run as: \n
svnserve.exe --daemon --root c:\\repos\n
And in TortoiseSVN our repo-browser URL is now shortened to: \n
svn://localhost/TestRepo\n
Note that the --root switch is also needed if your repository is located on a different partition or drive than the location of svnserve on your server.
1867 Anda juga bisa meningkatkan keamanan dan menghemat waktu memasukan Url dengan svnserve dengan menggunakan saklar --root untuk men-set akar lokasi dan membatasi akses ke direktori tertentu pada server: \n
svnserve.exe --daemon --root drive:\\path\\to\\repository\\root\n
Menggunakan tes sebelumnya sebagai bimbingan, sekarang svnserve berjalan seperti: \n
svnserve.exe --daemon --root c:\\repos\n
Dan dalam TortoiseSVN Url repo-browser kita sekarang diperpendek menjadi: \n
svn://localhost/TestRepo\n
Catatan bahwa saklar --root juga diperlukan jika repositori Anda ditempatkan pada partisi atau drive berbeda dengan lokasi svnserve pada server Anda.
48 - Microsoft now recommend services to be run as under either the Local Service or Network Service account. Refer to The Services and Service Accounts Security Planning Guide. To create the service under the Local Service account, append the following to the example above. \n
obj= \"NT AUTHORITY\\LocalService\"\n
Note that you would have to give the Local Service account appropriate rights to both Subversion and your repositories, as well as any applications which are used by hook scripts. The built-in group for this is called \"LOCAL SERVICE\".
1932 Microsoft sekarang merekomendasikan layanan dijalankan dibawah baik akun Local Service atau Network Service. Lihat The Services and Service Accounts Security Planning Guide. Untuk membuat layanan dibawah akun Local Service, tambah berikut ke contoh di atas. \n
obj= \"NT AUTHORITY\\LocalService\"\n
Catatan bahwa Anda harus memberikan hak akun Local Service terkait untuk Subversion dan repositori Anda, juga setiap aplikasi yang digunakan oleh naskah hook. Grup builtin untuk ini dinamakan \"LOCAL SERVICE\".
49 - If you installed an earlier version of svnserve using the SVNService wrapper, and you now want to use the native support instead, you will need to unregister the wrapper as a service (remember to stop the service first!). Simply use the command \n
svnservice -remove\n
to remove the service registry entry.
1951 Jika Anda memasang versi svnserve yang lebih awal dengan menggunakan pembungkus SvnService, dan Anda sekarang ingin menggunakan dukungan asli, Anda perlu untuk membatalkan pencatatan pembungkus tersebut sebagai sebuah layanan (jangan lupa untuk menghentikan layanan tersebut terlebih dahulu!). Cukup gunakan perintah \n
svnservice -remove\n
untuk menghapus entri registri layanan tersebut.
50 - The default svnserve setup provides anonymous read-only access. This means that you can use an svn:// URL to checkout and update, or use the repo-browser in TortoiseSVN to view the repository, but you won't be able to commit any changes. 1968 Penyiapan standar svnserve menyediakan akses hanya-baca anonim. Ini berarti bahwa Anda bisa menggunakan URL svn:// untuk checkout dan memutahirkan, atau menggunakan repo-browser dalam TortoiseSVN untuk melihat repositori, tapi Anda tidak akan bisa mengkomit setiap perubahan.
51 - One way to overcome this is to create a password database: \n
[general]\n
anon-access = none\n
auth-access = write\n
password-db = userfile\n
Where userfile is a file which exists in the same directory as svnserve.conf. This file can live elsewhere in your file system (useful for when you have multiple repositories which require the same access rights) and may be referenced using an absolute path, or a path relative to the conf directory. If you include a path, it must be written /the/unix/way. Using \\ or drive letters will not work. The userfile should have a structure of: \n
[users]\n
username = password\n
...\n
This example would deny all access for unauthenticated (anonymous) users, and give read-write access to users listed in userfile.
1992 Satu cara untuk mengatasi ini adalah membuat database kata sandi: \n
[general]\n
anon-access = none\n
auth-access = write\n
password-db = userfile\n
Dimana userfile adalah file yang ada dalam direktori yang sama seperti svnserve.conf. File ini bisa berada dimana saja dalam sistem file Anda (berguna untuk ketika Anda mempunyai repositori multipel yang memerlukan hak akses sama) dan bisas dirujuk dengan menggunakan path absolut, atau path relatif ke direktori conf. Jika Anda menyertakan path, itu harus ditulis /dengan/cara/unix. Menggunakan \\ atau huruf drive tidak akan bekerja. userfile harus mempunyai struktur: \n
[users]\n
username = password\n
...\n
Contoh ini akan menolak semua akses untuk pengguna yang tidak diotentikasi (anonim), dan memberikan akses baca-tulis ke pengguna yang terdaftar dalam userfile.
52 - If you maintain multiple repositories using the same password database, the use of an authentication realm will make life easier for users, as TortoiseSVN can cache your credentials so that you only have to enter them once. More information can be found in the Subversion book, specifically in the sections Create a 'users' file and realm and Client Credentials Caching 2018 Jika Anda memelihara multipel repositori menggunakan database kata sandi sama, kegunaan otentikasi akan membuatnya lebih mudah bagi pengguna, karena TortoiseSVN bisa menyimpan mandat Anda agar Anda hanya perlu memasukannya sekali. Informasi lebih jauh bisa ditemukan dalam buku Subversion, terutama dalam seksi <Create a 'users' file and realm dan Client Credentials Caching
53 - Another way to authenticate users with a svnserve based server is to use a secure shell (SSH) to tunnel requests through. It is not as simple to set up as SASL, but it may be useful is some cases. 2115 Cara lain untuk mengotentikasi pengguna dengan server berbasis svnserve adalah dengan menggunakan secure shell (SSH) untuk menjembatani permintaan.
54 - The Apache based Subversion server uses the WebDAV protocol which is supported by many other programs as well. You could e.g. mount such a repository as a Web folder in the Windows explorer and then access it like any other folder in the file system. 2174 Server Subversion berbasis Apache menggunakan protokol WebDAV yang didukung oleh banyak program lain juga. Anda bisa contohmya menghidupkan repositori itu sebagai \"Webfolder\" dalam Windows explorer dan kemudian mengaksesnya seperti folder lain dalam sistem file
55 - Please note that Windows XP without the service pack 1 will lead to bogus network data and could therefore corrupt your repository! 2216 Harap dicatat bahwa Windows XP tanpa servicepack 1 akan membawa data jaringan aneh dan akibatnya bisa merusak repositori Anda!
56 - Once you have the Apache2 installer you can double click on it and it will guide you through the installation process. Make sure that you enter the server-URL correctly (if you don't have a DNS name for your server just enter the IP-address). I recommend to install Apache for All Users, on Port 80, as a Service. Note: if you already have IIS or any other program running which listens on port 80 the installation might fail. If that happens, go to the programs directory, \\Apache Group\\Apache2\\conf and locate the file httpd.conf. Edit that file so that Listen 80 is changed to a free port, e.g. Listen 81. Then restart the installation - this time it should finish without problems. 2231 Sekali Anda mempunyai instalator Apache2 Anda bisa mengklik ganda dan ia akan membimbing Anda melalui proses instalasi. Pastikan bahwa Anda memasukkan URL-server dengan benar (jika Anda tidak mempunyai nama dns untuk server Anda, cukup masukan alamat ip). Saya merekomendasikan untuk menginstalasi Apache untuk Semua Pengguna, pada Port 80, sebagai Layanan. Catatan: jika Anda sudah mempunyai IIS atau program lain yang mendengarkan pada port 80 instalasi mungkin gagal. Jika itu terjadi, pergi ke direktori program, \\Apache Group\\Apache2\\conf dan cari file httpd.conf. Edit file itu agar Listen 80 diubah ke suatu port bebas, contoh Listen 81. Kemudian ulangi instalasi - sekarang harusnya selesai tanpa masalah.
57 - Now test if the Apache web server is running correctly by pointing your web browser to http://localhost/ - a preconfigured Website should show up. 2237 Sekarang uji apakah Apache-webserver berjalan dengan benar dengan mengarahkan webbrowser Anda ke http://localhost/ - Website yang sudah dikonfigurasi sebelumnya harusnya tampil.
58 - If Apache does not have this permission set up, your users will get Access denied error messages, which show up in the Apache error log as error 500. 2258 Jika Apache tidak mempunyai perijinan ini disiapkan, pengguna Anda akan mendapatkan pesan kesalahan \"Access denied\", yang muncul dalam log kesalahan Apache sebagai kesalahan 500.
59 - The first thing you need before installing Apache is a computer with Windows 2000, Windows XP+SP1, Windows 2003, Vista or Server 2008. 2264 Hal pertama yang Anda perlukan sebelum menginstalasi Apache adalah komputer dengan Windows2000 / WinXP+SP1 atau Windows2003.
60 - Download the latest version of the Subversion Win32 binaries for Apache. Be sure to get the right version to integrate with your version of Apache, otherwise you will get an obscure error message when you try to restart. If you have Apache 2.2.x go to http://subversion.tigris.org/servlets/ProjectDocumentList?folderID=8100. 2275 Download versi terbaru Subversion dari http://subversion.apache.org/getting.html.
61 - Uncomment (remove the '#' mark) the following lines: \n
#LoadModule dav_fs_module modules/mod_dav_fs.so\n
#LoadModule dav_module modules/mod_dav.so\n
Add the following two lines to the end of the LoadModule section. \n
LoadModule dav_svn_module modules/mod_dav_svn.so\n
LoadModule authz_svn_module modules/mod_authz_svn.so\n
2307 Hapus komentar (hapus tanda '#') baris berikut: #LoadModule dav_fs_module modules/mod_dav_fs.so#LoadModule dav_module modules/mod_dav.so Tambahkan dua baris berikut ini ke akhir dari bagian LoadModule. \n
LoadModule dav_svn_module modules/mod_dav_svn.so\n
LoadModule authz_svn_module modules/mod_authz_svn.so\n
62 - At the end of the config file add the following lines: \n
&lt;Location /svn&gt;\n
DAV svn\n
SVNListParentPath on\n
SVNParentPath D:\\SVN\n
#SVNIndexXSLT \"/svnindex.xsl\"\n
AuthType Basic\n
AuthName \"Subversion repositories\"\n
AuthUserFile passwd\n
#AuthzSVNAccessFile svnaccessfile\n
Require valid-user\n
&lt;/Location&gt;\n
This configures Apache so that all your Subversion repositories are physically located below D:\\SVN. The repositories are served to the outside world from the URL: http://MyServer/svn/ . Access is restricted to known users/passwords listed in the passwd file.
2330 Di akhir file Konfig tambah baris berikut: \n
&lt;Location /svn&gt;\n
DAV svn\n
SVNListParentPath on\n
SVNParentPath D:\\SVN\n
#SVNIndexXSLT \"/svnindex.xsl\"\n
AuthType Basic\n
AuthName \"Subversion repositories\"\n
AuthUserFile passwd\n
#AuthzSVNAccessFile svnaccessfile\n
Require valid-user\n
&lt;/Location&gt;\n
Ini mengkonfigurasi Apache agar semua repositori Subversion Anda secara fisik ditempatkan di bawah D:\\SVN. Repositori dilayani ke luar dunia dari URL: http://MyServer/svn/ . Akses dibatasi ke pengguna/kata sandi terdaftar dalam file passwd.
63 - To create the passwd file, open the command prompt (DOS-Box) again, change to the apache2 folder (usually c:\\program files\\apache group\\apache2) and create the file by entering \n
bin\\htpasswd -c passwd &lt;username&gt;\n
This will create a file with the name passwd which is used for authentication. Additional users can be added with \n
bin\\htpasswd passwd &lt;username&gt;\n
2362 Untuk membuat file passwd, buka promp perintah (Kotak-DOS) lagi, ubah ke folder apache2 (biasanya c:\\program files\\apache group\\apache2) dan buat file dengan memasukan \n
bin\\htpasswd -c passwd &lt;username&gt;\n
Ini akan membuat file dengan nama passwd yang digunakan untuk otentikasi. Pengguna tambahan bisa ditambahkan dengan \n
bin\\htpasswd passwd &lt;username&gt;\n
64 - Now you have set up Apache and Subversion, but Apache doesn't know how to handle Subversion clients like TortoiseSVN yet. To get Apache to know which URL will be used for Subversion repositories you have to edit the Apache configuration file (usually located in c:\\program files\\apache group\\apache2\\conf\\httpd.conf) with any text editor you like (e.g. Notepad): 2388 Sekarang Anda telah menyiapkan Apache dan Subversion, tapi Apache tidak mengetahui bagaimana menangani klien-klien Subversion. Untuk membuat Apache mengetahui URL yang mana yang harus digunakan untuk repositori Subversion, Anda perlu mengedit file konfig Apache (biasanya ditempatkan di c:\\program files\\apache group\\apache2\\conf\\httpd.conf) dengan editor teks apapun yang Anda inginkan (contoh. Notepad):
65 - Apache httpd.conf Settings 2406 Seting httpd.conf Apache
66 - For Subversion version 1.3 and higher, this directive enables listing all the available repositories under . 2437 Untuk versi Subversion 1.3 dan lebih tinggi, direktif ini menghidupkan pendaftaran semua repositori yang tersedia dibawah SVNParentPath.
67 - Used to make the browsing with a web browser prettier. 2452 Digunakan untuk membuat penjelajahan dengan penjelajah jaringan lebih cantik.
68 - Using a passwd file limits and grants access to all of your repositories as a unit. If you want more control over which users have access to each folder inside a repository you can uncomment the line \n
#AuthzSVNAccessFile svnaccessfile\n
and create a Subversion access file. Apache will make sure that only valid users are able to access your /svn location, and will then pass the username to Subversion's AuthzSVNAccessFile module so that it can enforce more granular access based upon rules listed in the Subversion access file. Note that paths are specified either as repos:path or simply path. If you don't specify a particular repository, that access rule will apply to all repositories under SVNParentPath. The format of the authorization-policy file used by mod_authz_svn is described in
2502 Menggunakan batas file passwd dan menjamin akses ke semua repositori Anda sebagai unit. Jika Anda ingin lebih mengontrol pengguna mana yang mempunyai akses ke setiap folder di dalam repositori Anda bisa membuang komentar baris \n
#AuthzSVNAccessFile svnaccessfile\n
dan membuat file akses Subversion. Apache akan memastikan bahwa hanya pengguna yang benar yang bisa mengakses lokasi /svn Anda, dan kemudian akan mengoper nama pengguna ke modul AuthzSVNAccessFile Subversion agar bisa mendapat akses granular berdasarkan aturan yang terdaftar dalam file akses Subversion. Perlu dicatat bahwa path ditetapkan sebagai repos:path atau cukup path. Jika Anda tidak menetapkan repositori tertentu, aturan akses itu akan diterapkan ke semua repositori di bawah SVNParentPath. Format dari file authorization-policy yang digunakan oleh mod_authz_svn dijelaskan dalam
69 - To make browsing the repository with a web browser 'prettier', uncomment the line \n
#SVNIndexXSLT \"/svnindex.xsl\"\n
and put the files svnindex.xsl, svnindex.css and menucheckout.ico in your document root directory (usually C:/Program Files/Apache Group/Apache2/htdocs). The directory is set with the DocumentRoot directive in your Apache config file.
2513 Untuk membuat penjelajahan repositori dengan suatu penjelajah web lebih 'cantik', batalkan komentar pada baris \n
#SVNIndexXSLT \"/svnindex.xsl\"\n
dan taruh file svnindex.xsl, svnindex.css dan menucheckout.ico dalam direktori akar dokumen Anda (biasanya C:/Program Files/Apache Group/Apache2/htdocs). Direktori tersebut diset dengan direktif DocumentRoot dalam file konfigurasi Apache Anda.
70 - You can get those three files directly from our source repository at http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/svn/tortoisesvn/trunk/contrib/other/svnindex. ( explains how to access the TortoiseSVN source repository). 2524 Anda dapat mendapatkan ketiga file tersebut langsung dari repositori sumber kami di http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/svn/tortoisesvn/trunk/contrib/other/svnindex. Jika Anda ditanya otentikasi untuk sambungan ini, masukkan guest sebagai nama pengguna dan biarkan kata sandi kosong.
71 - The XSL file from the TortoiseSVN repository has a nice gimmick: if you browse the repository with your web browser, then every folder in your repository has an icon on the right shown. If you click on that icon, the TortoiseSVN checkout dialog is started for this URL. 2529 File xsl dari repositori TortoiseSVN memiliki trik yang bagus: jika Anda menjelajah repositori dengan penjelajah web Anda, setiap folder dalam repositori Anda memiliki suatu ikon di kanannya. Jika Anda mengeklik ikon tersebut, dialog checkout TortoiseSVN akan dijalankan untuk URL ini.
72 - A short explanation of what you just entered: But that's just an example. There are many, many more possibilities of what you can do with the Apache web server. 2535 Penjelasan singkat dari apa yang baru Anda masukkan: Tetapi itu hanya contoh. Ada banyak kemungkinan dari apa yang Anda bisa lakukan dengan Apache webserver.
73 - If you used the SVNParentPath directive then you don't have to change the Apache config file every time you add a new Subversion repository. Simply create the new repository under the same location as the first repository and you're done! In my company I have direct access to that specific folder on the server via SMB (normal windows file access). So I just create a new folder there, run the TortoiseSVN command TortoiseSVNCreate repository here... and a new project has a home... 2551 Jika Anda menggunakan direktif SVNParentPath maka Anda tidak harus mengubah file konfig Apache setiap kali Anda menambah repositori Subversion baru. Cukup buat repositori baru dibawah lokasi yang sama seperti repositori pertama dan Anda selesai! Dalam perusahaan saya, Saya mempunyai akses langsung ke folder tertentu itu pada server via SMB (akses file normal windows). Maka Saya cukup membuat folder baru disana, jalankan perintah TortoiseSVN TortoiseSVNBuat repositori disini... dan proyek baru mempunyai rumah...
74 - The mod_authz_svn module permits fine-grained control of access permissions based on user names and repository paths. This is available with the Apache server, and as of Subversion 1.3 it is available with svnserve as well. 2572 Modul mod_authz_svn membolehkan kontrol fine-grained dari perizinan akses berdasarkan nama pengguna dan path repositori. Ini tersedia dengan server Apache, dan sejak Subversion 1.3 itu tersedia juga dengan svnserve.
75 - Authentication and authorization are separate processes. If a user wants to gain access to a repository path, she has to meet both, the usual authentication requirements and the authorization requirements of the access file. 2646 Otentikasi dan otorisasi adalah proses terpisah. Jika seorang pengguna ingin mendapatkan akses ke suatu path repositori, dia harus memenuhi keduanya, kebutuhan-kebutuhan otentikasi biasa dan kebutuhan-kebutuhan otorisasi file akses.
76 - But there's a solution for that problem - at least if you're accessing the repository from inside a LAN with a windows domain controller: mod_auth_sspi! 2672 Tapi ada solusi untuk masalah itu - setidaknya jika Anda mengakses repositori dari dalam LAN dengan kontroler domain windows: mod_auth_sspi!
77 - The original SSPI module was offered by Syneapps including source code. But the development for it has been stopped. But don't despair, the community has picked it up and improved it. It has a new home on SourceForge. 2687 Modul original SSPI ditawarkan oleh Syneapps termasuk kode sumber. Tapi pengembangan untuk itu telah dihentikan. Tapi jangan putus asa, komunitas telah mengambil dan meningkatkannya. Ia mempunyai rumah baru di SourceForge.
78 - Download the module which matches your apache version, then copy the file mod_auth_sspi.so into the Apache modules folder. 2693 Unduh modul tersebut, salin file mod_auth_sspi.so ke dalam folder modules Apache.
79 - Edit the Apache config file: add the line \n
LoadModule sspi_auth_module modules/mod_auth_sspi.so\n
to the LoadModule section. Make sure you insert this line before the line \n
LoadModule auth_module modules/mod_auth.so\n
2699 Edit file konfig Apache: tambahkan baris \n
LoadModule sspi_auth_module modules/mod_auth_sspi.so\n
ke seksi LoadModule. Pastikan Anda menyisipkan baris ini sebelum baris \n
LoadModule auth_module modules/mod_auth.so\n
80 - To make the Subversion location use this type of authentication you have to change the line \n
AuthType Basic\n
to \n
AuthType SSPI\n
also you need to add \n
SSPIAuth On\n
SSPIAuthoritative On\n
SSPIDomain &lt;domaincontroller&gt;\n
SSPIOmitDomain on\n
SSPIUsernameCase lower\n
SSPIPerRequestAuth on\n
SSPIOfferBasic On\n
within the &lt;Location /svn&gt; block. If you don't have a domain controller, leave the name of the domain control as &lt;domaincontroller&gt;.
2715 Untuk membuat lokasi Subversion menggunakan tipe otentikasi ini Anda harus mengubah baris \n
AuthType Basic\n
ke \n
AuthType SSPI\n
juga Anda perlu menambah \n
SSPIAuth On\n
SSPIAuthoritative On\n
SSPIDomain &lt;domaincontroller&gt;\n
SSPIOmitDomain on\n
SSPIUsernameCase lower\n
SSPIPerRequestAuth on\n
SSPIOfferBasic On\n
di dalam blok &lt;Location /svn&gt;. Jika Anda tidak mempunyai kontroler domain, biarkan nama kontrol domain sebagai &lt;domaincontroller&gt;.
81 - Note that if you are authenticating using SSPI, then you don't need the AuthUserFile line to define a password file any more. Apache authenticates your username and password against your windows domain instead. You will need to update the users list in your svnaccessfile to reference DOMAIN\\username as well. 2747 Catatan bahwa jika Anda mengotentikasi menggunakan SSPI, maka Anda tidak memerlukan baris AuthUserFile untuk mendefinisikan file kata sandi lagi. Sebaliknya Apache mengotentikasi nama pengguna dan kata sandi Anda terhadap domain windows Anda. Anda juga perlu memutahirkan daftar pengguna dalam svnaccessfile Anda untuk merujuk DOMAIN\\username.
82 - Subversion AuthzSVNAccessFile files are case sensitive in regard to user names (JUser is different from juser). 2761 File Subversion AuthzSVNAccessFile adalah sensitif huruf dalam hubungannya dengan nama-nama pengguna (\"JUser\" berbeda dari \"juser\").
83 - In Microsoft's world, Windows domains and user names are not case sensitive. Even so, some network administrators like to create user accounts in CamelCase (e.g. JUser). 2767 Dalam dunia Microsoft, Windows domain dan nama pengguna tidak sensitif huruf. Meskipun demikian, beberapa administrator jaringan seperti untuk membuat akun pengguna dalam CamelCase (contoh. \"JUser\").
84 - The end result is that you may need at least two entries in your AuthzSVNAccessFile for each user -- a lowercase entry and an entry in the same case that Internet Explorer passes to Apache. You will also need to train your users to also type in their credentials using lower case when accessing repositories via TortoiseSVN. 2778 Hasil akhir adalah bahwa Anda memerlukan setidaknya dua entri dalam AuthzSVNAccessFile untuk setiap pengguna -- entri huruf kecil dan entri dalam huruf sama dengan yang dioper Internet Explorer ke Apache. Anda juga perlu untuk melatih pengguna Anda untuk mengetik dalam mandatnya menggunakan huruf kecil ketika mengakses repositori via TortoiseSVN.
85 - Apache's Error and Access logs are your best friend in deciphering problems such as these as they will help you determine the username string passed onto Subversion's AuthzSVNAccessFile module. You may need to experiment with the exact format of the user string in the svnaccessfile (e.g. DOMAIN\\user vs. DOMAIN//user) in order to get everything working. 2784 Log Kesalahan dan Akses Apache adalah teman terbaik Anda dalam mengatasi masalah seperti ini karena mereka akan membantu Anda memeriksa string nama pengguna yang dioper ke dalam modul Subversion's AuthzSVNAccessFile. Anda perlu bereksperiman dengan format pasti dari string pengguna dalam svnaccessfile (contoh. DOMAIN\\user vs. DOMAIN//user) agar semuanya bekerja.
86 - To enable both Windows domain and passwd file authentication, add the following entries within the &lt;Location&gt; block of your Apache config file: \n
AuthBasicAuthoritative Off\n
SSPIAuthoritative Off\n
2810 Untuk menghidupkan baik otentikasi Windows domain maupun file passwd, tambahkan entri berikut di dalam blok &lt;Location&gt; dari file konfig Apache Anda: \n
AuthAthoritative Off\n
SSPIAuthoritative Off\n
87 - Here is an example of the full Apache configuration for combined Windows domain and passwd file authentication: \n
&lt;Location /svn&gt;\n
DAV svn\n
SVNListParentPath on\n
SVNParentPath D:\\SVN\n
\n
AuthName \"Subversion repositories\"\n
AuthzSVNAccessFile svnaccessfile.txt\n
\n
# NT Domain Logins.\n
AuthType SSPI\n
SSPIAuth On\n
SSPIAuthoritative Off\n
SSPIDomain &lt;domaincontroller&gt;\n
SSPIOfferBasic On\n
\n
# Htpasswd Logins.\n
AuthType Basic\n
AuthBasicAuthoritative Off\n
AuthUserFile passwd\n
\n
Require valid-user\n
&lt;/Location&gt;\n
2824 Ini adalah contoh dari konfigurasi penuh Apache untuk mengkombinasikan otentikasi Windows domain dan file passwd file authentication: \n
&lt;Location /svn&gt;\n
DAV svn\n
SVNListParentPath on\n
SVNParentPath D:\\SVN\n
\n
AuthName \"Subversion repositories\"\n
AuthzSVNAccessFile svnaccessfile.txt\n
\n
# NT Domain Logins.\n
AuthType SSPI\n
SSPIAuth On\n
SSPIAuthoritative Off\n
SSPIDomain &lt;domaincontroller&gt;\n
SSPIOfferBasic On\n
\n
# Htpasswd Logins.\n
AuthType Basic\n
AuthAuthoritative Off\n
AuthUserFile passwd\n
\n
Require valid-user\n
&lt;/Location&gt;\n
88 - Next you need to create an SSL certificate. To do that open a command prompt (DOS-Box) and change to the Apache folder (e.g. C:\\program files\\apache group\\apache2) and type the following command: \n
bin\\openssl req -config conf\\openssl.cnf -new -out my-server.csr\n
You will be asked for a passphrase. Please don't use simple words but whole sentences, e.g. a part of a poem. The longer the phrase the better. Also you have to enter the URL of your server. All other questions are optional but we recommend you fill those in too.
2906 Berikutnya Anda perlu membuat sertifikat SSL. Untuk melakukan itu buka prompt perintah (Kotak-DOS) dan ubah ke folder apache (contoh. C:\\program files\\apache group\\apache2) dan ketik perintah berikut: \n
bin\\openssl req -config bin\\openssl.cnf -new -out my-server.csr\n
Anda akan ditanyakan passphrase. Harap tidak menggunakan kata-kata sederhana tapa sebuah kalimat, contoh bagian dari sajak. Semakin panjang prasa semakin baik. Juga Anda harus memasukan URL dari server Anda. Semua pertanyaan adalah opsional tapi kami merekomendasikan Anda untuk mengisinya juga.
89 - Normally the privkey.pem file is created automatically, but if it isn't you need to type this command to generate it: \n
bin\\openssl genrsa -out conf\\privkey.pem 2048\n
2918 Biasanya file privkey.pem dibuat secara otomatis, tapi jika tidak Anda perlu mengetik perintah ini untuk membuatnya: \n
bin\\openssl genrsa -out privkey.pem 2048\n
90 - Next type the commands \n
bin\\openssl rsa -in conf\\privkey.pem -out conf\\server.key\n
and (on one line) \n
bin\\openssl req -new -key conf\\server.key -out conf\\server.csr \\\n
-config conf\\openssl.cnf\n
and then (on one line) \n
bin\\openssl x509 -in conf\\server.csr -out conf\\server.cert\n
-req -signkey conf\\server.key -days 4000\n
This will create a certificate which will expire in 4000 days. And finally enter (on one line): \n
bin\\openssl x509 -in conf\\server.cert -out conf\\server.der.crt\n
-outform DER\n
These commands created some files in the Apache conf folder (server.der.crt, server.csr, server.key, .rnd, privkey.pem, server.cert).
2930 Selanjutnya ketik perintah \n
bin\\openssl rsa -in privkey.pem -out my-server.key\n
dan (dalam satu baris) \n
bin\\openssl x509 -in my-server.csr -out my-server.cert\n
-req -signkey my-server.key -days 4000\n
Ini akan membuat sertifikat yang akan habis dalam 4000 hari. dan akhirnya masukan: \n
bin\\openssl x509 -in my-server.cert -out my-server.der.crt -outform DER\n
Perintah ini membuat beberapa file dalam folder Apache (my-server.der.crt, my-server.csr, my-server.key, .rnd, privkey.pem, my-server.cert). Copy file ke folder conf/ssl (contoh. C:\\program files\\apache group\\apache2\\conf\\ssl) - jika folder ini tidak ada Anda harus membuatnya lebih dulu.
91 - define a separate &lt;Location /path&gt; directive in the Apache config file, and add the SSPIBasicPreferred On. This will allow IE to authenticate again, but other browsers and Subversion won't be able to authenticate against that location. 2976 mendefinisikan direktif &lt;Location /path&gt; terpisah dalam file konfig apache, dan tambah SSPIBasicPreferred On. Ini akan membolehkan IE untuk mengotentikasi lagi, tapi browser lain dan Subversion tidak akan bisa untuk mengotentikasi terhadap lokasi itu.
92 - In the SSL \"standard\" setup there's often the following statement in Apache's virtual SSL host: \n
SetEnvIf User-Agent \".*MSIE.*\" \\\n
nokeepalive ssl-unclean-shutdown \\\n
downgrade-1.0 force-response-1.0\n
There are (were?) good reasons for this configuration, see http://www.modssl.org/docs/2.8/ssl_faq.html#ToC49 But if you want NTLM authentication you have to use keepalive. If You uncomment the whole SetEnvIf you should be able to authenticate IE with windows authentication over SSL against the Apache on Win32 with included mod_auth_sspi.
2987 Dalam penyiapan ssl \"standar\" sering ada pernyataan berikut dalam host ssl virtual apache: \n
SetEnvIf User-Agent \".*MSIE.*\" \\\n
nokeepalive ssl-unclean-shutdown \\\n
downgrade-1.0 force-response-1.0\n
(Dulu ?) Ada alasan baik untuk konfigurasi ini, lihat http://www.modssl.org/docs/2.8/ssl_faq.html#ToC49 Tapi jika Anda menginginkan otentikasi ntlm Anda harus menggunakan keepalive: http://www.microsoft.com/resources/documentation/WindowsServ/2003/standard/proddocs/en-us/qos_enablekeepalives.asp Jika Anda membuang komentar seluruh \"SetEnvIf\" Anda seharusnya bisa untuk mengotentikasi IE dengan otentikasi windows di atas SSL terhadap apache pada Win32 dengan menyertakan mod_auth_sspi.
93 - When you've set up SSL to make your repository more secure, you might want to disable the normal access via non-SSL (http) and only allow https access. To do this, you have to add another directive to the Subversion &lt;Location&gt; block: SSLRequireSSL. 3013 Ketika Anda telah menyiapkan SSL untuk membuat repositori Anda lebih aman, Anda mungkin ingin mematikan akses normal via non-ssl (http) dan hanya membolehkan akses https. Untuk melakukan ini, Anda harus menambah direktif lain ke Subversion &lt;Location&gt; blok: SSLRequireSSL.
94 - An example &lt;Location&gt; block would look like this: \n
&lt;Location /svn&gt;\n
DAV svn\n
SVNParentPath D:\\SVN\n
SSLRequireSSL\n
AuthType Basic\n
AuthName \"Subversion repositories\"\n
AuthUserFile passwd\n
#AuthzSVNAccessFile svnaccessfile\n
Require valid-user\n
&lt;/Location&gt;\n
3019 Contoh blok &lt;Location&gt; akan terlihat seperti ini: \n
&lt;Location /svn&gt;\n
DAV svn\n
SVNParentPath D:\\SVN\n
SSLRequireSSL\n
AuthType Basic\n
AuthName \"Subversion repositories\"\n
AuthUserFile passwd\n
#AuthzSVNAccessFile svnaccessfile\n
Require valid-user\n
&lt;/Location&gt;\n
95 - Some common operations have well-known Windows shortcuts, but do not appear on buttons or in menus. If you can't work out how to do something obvious, like refreshing a view, check here. 3287 Beberapa operasi umum mempunyai jalan pintas Windows yang dikenal-baik, tapi tidak nampak pada tombol atau dalam menu. Jika Anda tidak bisa mengetahui bagaimana melakukan sesuatu dengan jelas, seperti menyegarkan tampilan, periksa disini.
96 - authentication cache 3298 otentikasi
97 - svn.simple contains credentials for basic authentication (username/password). Note that passwords are stored using the WinCrypt API, not in plain text form. 3309 svn.simple berisi mandat untuk otentikasi dasar (nama pengguna/kata sandi).
98 - If the repository that you are trying to access is password protected, an authentication Dialog will show up. Enter your username and password. The checkbox will make TortoiseSVN store the credentials in Subversion's default directory: %APPDATA%\\Subversion\\auth in three subdirectories: 3325 Jika repositori yang sedang Anda coba akses dilindungi kata sandi, Dialog otentikasi akan muncul. Masukkan nama pengguna dan kata sandi Anda. Kotak centang akan membuat TortoiseSVN menyimpan mandat dalam direktori standar Subversion: $APPDATA\\Subversion\\auth dalam tiga subdirektori: Ada satu file untuk setiap server yang Anda akses, diformat sebagai teks biasa, agar Anda bisa menggunakan editor teks untuk memeriksa pada server mana file tersebut diterapkan. Untuk membuat Subversion dan TortoiseSVN (dan setiap klien Subversion lain) melupakan mandat Anda untuk server tertentu, cukup hapus file terkait.
99 - If you want to clear the authentication cache for all servers, you can do so from the Saved Data page of TortoiseSVN's settings dialog. That button will clear all cached authentication data from the Subversion auth directories, as well as any authentication data stored in the registry by earlier versions of TortoiseSVN. Refer to . 3331 Jika Anda ingin membersihkan tembolok otentikasi untuk semua server, Anda bisa melakukannya dari halaman Umum dari dialog seting TortoiseSVN. Tombol itu akan membersihkan semua data otentikasi yang disimpan dalam tembolok dari direktori auth Subversion, dan juga setiap data auth yang disimpan dalam registri oleh versi TortoiseSVN sebelumnya. Lihat .
100 - add files to repository 3376 Item yang ditambahkan ke repositori.
101 - It is easy to import to the wrong folder level in the repository. 3407 Gunakan browser repositori untuk membuat folder baru secara langsung dalam repositori.
102 - Organize the files in folders and sub-folders. Although it is possible to rename/move files later it is highly recommended to get your project's structure straight before importing! 3422 Atur file dalam folder dan subfolder. Meskipun ini mungkin untuk mengganti nama/memindahkan file nantinya sangat direkomendasikan untuk mendapatkan struktur proyek langsung sebelum mengimpor!
103 - As soon as you press OK TortoiseSVN imports the complete directory tree including all files into the repository. The project is now stored in the repository under version control. Please note that the folder you imported is NOT under version control! To get a version-controlled working copy you need to do a Checkout of the version you just imported. Or read on to find out how to import a folder in place. 3462 Segera setelah Anda menekan OK TortoiseSVN mengimpor susunan direktori lengkap termasuk semua file ke dalam repositori. Seperti sebelumnya, nama folder yang Anda impor tidak nampak dalam repositori, hanya isi foldernya. Proyek sekarang disimpan dalam repositori dibawah kontrol versi. Harap dicatat bahwa folder yang Anda impor TIDAK dibawah kontrol versi! Untuk mendapatkan copy pekerjaan terkontrol-versi Anda perlu untuk melakukan Checkout dari versi yang baru Anda impor. Atau baca terus untuk menemukan bagaimana mengimpor sebuah folder di tempat.
104 - In such cases we suggest to use template files. You create a file which contains all the data your developers will need, add that file to version control and let the developers check this file out. Then, each developer has to make a copy of that file and rename that copy. After that, modifying the copy is not a problem anymore. 3513 Dalam kasus demikian kami sarankan untuk menggunakan file template. Anda membuat file yang berisi semua data yang diperlukan para pengembang Anda, menambahkan file itu ke kontrol versi dan membiarkan para pengembang memeriksa file ini. Lalu, setiap pengembang harus membuat copy dari file itu dan mengganti nama copy itu, Selanjutnya, mengubah copy tidak menjadi masalah lagi.
105 - create working copy 3539 copy pekerjaan
106 - Checkout Depth 3560 Checkout
107 - Fully recursive 3565 /nonrecursive
108 - Only this item 3591 Item-item lainnya.
109 - In the repository browser, Right click on the checked out folder, then use TortoiseSVNRepo-Browser to bring up the repository browser. Find the sub-folder you would like to add to your working copy, then use Context menuUpdate item to revision... That menu will only be visible if the selected item does not exist yet in your working copy, but the parent item does exist. 3628 Jika Anda ingin membandingkan dua revisi dalam histori file, misalnya revisi 100 dan 200 dari file yang smaa, cukup gunakan TortoiseSVNTampilkan Log untuk mendaftar histori revisi untuk file itu. Ambil dua revisi yang ingin Anda bandingkan lalu gunakan Menu KonteksBandingkan Revisi.
110 - Select the new folder and use TortoiseSVNRepo browser to display the repository content. 3646 Untuk menguji apakah svnserve bekerja, gunakan TortoiseSVNRepo-Browser untuk melihat repositori.
111 - Changing working copy depth 3664 Merelokasi copy pekerjaan
112 - Once you have checked out a working copy to a particular depth you can change that depth later to get more or less content using Context menuUpdate item to revision.... 3670 Dalam copy pekerjaan Anda pilih TortoiseSVNGabung.
113 - If Omit externals is checked, or if you wish to increase the depth value, you will have to perform updates to your working copy using TortoiseSVNUpdate to Revision... instead of TortoiseSVNUpdate. The standard update will include all externals and keep the existing depth. 3689 Jika opsi-opsi ini dicentang, Anda harus melakukan pemutahiran ke copy pekerjaan Anda menggunakan TortoiseSVNMutahirkan ke Revisi... daripada TortoiseSVNMutahirkan. Pemutahiran standar akan menyertakan semua sub-folders dan semua eksternal.
114 - It is recommended that you check out only the trunk part of the directory tree, or lower. If you specify the parent path of the directory tree in the URL then you might end up with a full hard disk since you will get a copy of the entire repository tree including every branch and tag of your project! 3695 Direkomendasikan bahwa Anda melakukan check out hanya bagian trunk dari susunan direktori. Jika Anda menetapkan path leluhur dari susunan direktori dalam URL maka Anda akan berakhir dengan hard disk yang penuh karena Anda akan mendapatkan copy dari keseluruhan susunan repositori termasuk setiap cabang dan tag dari proyek Anda!
115 - send changes 3721 Memulihkan Perubahan
116 - check in 3727 link checkout
117 - If you think that the commit dialog shows you too many unversioned (e.g. compiler generated or editor backup) files, there are several ways to handle this. You can: Read for more information. 3794 Jika Anda mengira bahwa dialog komit TSVN memperlihatkan kepada Anda terlalu banyak file tidak berversi (contoh: yang dihasilkan kompilator atau cadangan editor), ada beberapa cara untuk mengatasi ini. Anda bisa: Baca untuk informasi lebih jauh.
118 - Double clicking on any modified file in the commit dialog will launch the external diff tool to show your changes. The context menu will give you more options, as shown in the screenshot. You can also drag files from here into another application such as a text editor or an IDE. 3800 Mengklik ganda pada setiap file yang diubah dalam dialog komit akan menjalankan piranti diff eksternal untuk memperlihatkan perubahan Anda. Menu konteks akan memberikan opsi lebih bagi Anda, seperi yang ditampilkan dalam foto layar. Anda juga bisa menggeret file dari sini ke dalam aplikasi lain seperti editor teks atau sebuah IDE.
119 - Repairing External Copies 3838
120 - If you made a copy of a file but forgot to use the Subversion command to do so, you can repair that copy so the new file doesn't lose its history. Simply select both the old name (normal or modified) and the new name (unversioned) and use Context MenuRepair Copy to pair the two files as a copy. 3844 Terkadang file-file diubah namanya di luar Subversion, dan mereka muncul di daftar file sebagai file yang hilang dan file yang tidak terversi. Untuk menghindari kehilangan sejarah tersebut, Anda perlu untuk memberitahu Subversion tentang koneksi tersebut. Cukup pilih nama lama (hilang) dan nama baru (tidak terversi) dan gunakan Menu KonteksPerbaiki Pemindahan untuk memasangkan kedua file tersebut sebagai suatu perubahan nama.
121 - The log message window also includes a filename and function auto-completion facility. This uses regular expressions to extract class and function names from the (text) files you are committing, as well as the filenames themselves. If a word you are typing matches anything in the list (after you have typed at least 3 characters, or pressed Ctrl+Space), a drop-down appears allowing you to select the full name. The regular expressions supplied with TortoiseSVN are held in the TortoiseSVN installation bin folder. You can also define your own regexes and store them in %APPDATA%\\TortoiseSVN\\autolist.txt. Of course your private autolist will not be overwritten when you update your installation of TortoiseSVN. If you are unfamiliar with regular expressions, take a look at the introduction at http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression, and the online documentation and tutorial at http://www.regular-expressions.info/. 3896 Jendela log pesan menyertakan nama file dan fungsi fasilitas otomatis-lengkap. Ini menggunakan ekspresi reguler untuk mengurai kelas dan nama fungsi dari file (teks) yang Anda komit, juga sebagai nama file itu sendiri. Jika kata yang Anda ketik sama dengan apa yang ada dalam daftar (setelah Anda mengetikan setidaknya 3 karakter), drop-down muncul membolehkan Anda untuk memilih nama penuh. Ekspresi reguler disertakan dengan TortoiseSVN disimpan dalam folder instalasi TortoiseSVN bin. Anda bisa juga mendefinisi regex Anda sendiri dan menyimpannya dalam %APPDATA%\\TortoiseSVN\\autolist.txt. Tentu saja daftar otomatis personal Anda tidak akan bisa ditimpa saat Anda memutahirkan instalasi TortoiseSVN. Jika Anda tidak terbiasa dengan ekspresi reguler, lihat dokumentasi dan tutorial online di http://www.regular-expressions.info/.
122 - If you want to include the checked paths in your log message, you can use the command Context MenuPaste filename list in the edit control. 3910 Jika Anda mengklik kanan pada revisi Anda bisa menggunakan Menu KonteksTampilkan Log untuk melihat histori.
123 - Integration with Bug Tracking Tools 3930 Integrasi dengan Piranti Bugtracking
124 - If you have activated the bug tracking system, you can set one or more Issues in the Bug-ID / Issue-Nr: text box. Multiple issues should be comma separated. Alternatively, if you are using regex-based bug tracking support, just add your issue references as part of the log message. Learn more in . 3936 Jika Anda telah mengaktifkan sistem bugtracking, Anda bisa mengeset satu atau lebih Isu dalam kotak teks Bug-ID / Issue-Nr:. Multipel isu harus dipisahkan dengan koma. Alternatifnya, jika Anda menggunakan dukungan bugtracking berbasis-regex, cukup tambah referensi isu Anda sebagai bagian dari pesan log. Pelajari lebih jauh .
125 - fetch changes 4027 ekspor perubahan
126 - Periodically, you should ensure that changes done by others get incorporated in your local working copy. The process of getting changes from the server to your local copy is known as updating. Updating may be done on single files, a set of selected files, or recursively on entire directory hierarchies. To update, select the files and/or directories you want, right click and select TortoiseSVNUpdate in the explorer context menu. A window will pop up displaying the progress of the update as it runs. Changes done by others will be merged into your files, keeping any changes you may have done to the same files. The repository is not affected by an update. 4038 Secara periodik, Anda harus memastikan perubahan yang dikerjakan orang lain disertakan dalam copy pekerjaan lokal Anda. Proses mendapatkan perubahan dari server ke copy lokal Anda dikenal sebagai pemutahiran. Pemutahiran bisa dilakukan pada file tunggal, satu set file yang dipilih, atau secara rekursif pada keseluruhan hirarki direktori. Untuk memutahirkan, pilih file dan/atau direktori yang Anda inginkan, klik kanan dan pilih TortoiseSVNMutahirkan dalam menu konteks explorer. Sebuah jendela akan muncul menampilkan kemajuan dari pemutahiran sementara ia berjalan. Perubahan yang dikerjakan oleh orang lain akan digabung ke dalam file Anda, dengan membiarkan setiap perubahan Anda yang mungkin telah Anda buat ke file yang sama. Repositori tidak dipengaruhi oleh pemutahiran.
127 - If you get any conflicts during an update (this can happen if others changed the same lines in the same file as you did and those changes don't match) then the dialog shows those conflicts in red. You can double click on these lines to start the external merge tool to resolve the conflicts. 4086 Jika Anda mendapatkan konflik apa saja selama suatu pemutahiran (ini bisa terjadi jika orang lain mengubah baris yang sama dalam file yang sama seperti yang Anda lakukan dan perubahan itu tidak cocok) maka dialog menampilkan konflik itu dalam warna merah. Anda bisa mengklik ganda pada baris ini untuk memulai piranti gabung eksternal untuk menyelesaikan konflik.
128 - When the update is complete, the progress dialog shows a summary of the number of items updated, added, removed, conflicted, etc. below the file list. This summary information can be copied to the clipboard using Ctrl+C. 4092 Ketika pemutahiran selesai, dialog kemajuan menampilkan ringkasan dari jumlah item yang dimutahirkan, ditambahkan, dihapus, berkonflik, dll. di bawah daftar file. Ringkasan informasi ini bisa disalin ke clipboard menggunakan CTRL+C.
129 - The standard Update command has no options and just updates your working copy to the HEAD revision of the repository, which is the most common use case. If you want more control over the update process, you should use TortoiseSVNUpdate to Revision... instead. This allows you to update your working copy to a specific revision, not only to the most recent one. Suppose your working copy is at revision 100, but you want it to reflect the state which it had in revision 50 - then simply update to revision 50. In the same dialog you can also choose the depth at which to update the current folder. The terms used are described in . The default depth is Working copy, which preserves the existing depth setting. You can also choose whether to ignore any external projects in the update (i.e. projects referenced using svn:externals). 4098 Perintah Pemutahiran standar tidak mempunyai opsi dan hanya memutahirkan copy pekerjaan Anda ke revisi HEAD pada repositori, yang mana adalah penggunaan yang paling umum. Jika Anda ingin lebih mengontrol proses pemutahiran, Anda harus menggunakan TortoiseSVNMutahirkan ke Revisi.... Dengan ini, Anda dapat memutahirkan copy pekerjaan Anda ke revisi tertentu, tidak hanya ke yang paling baru. Anggaplah copy pekerjaan Anda pada revisi 100, tapi Anda ingin ia merefleksikan kondisi yang dimilikinya dalam revisi 50 - maka cukup mutahirkan ke revisi 50. Dalam dialog yang sama Anda juga bisa memilih untuk memutahirkan folder saat ini tidak secara rekursif (tanpa semua subfolder) dan Anda bisa memilih apakah mengabaikan setiap proyek eksternal dalam pemutahiran (contoh proyek yang dirujuk menggunakan svn:externals).
130 - If you update a file or folder to a specific revision, you should not make changes to those files. You will get out of date error messages when you try to commit them! If you want to undo changes to a file and start afresh from an earlier revision, you can rollback to a previous revision from the revision log dialog. Take a look at for further instructions, and alternative methods. 4104 Jika Anda memutahirkan file atau folder ke revisi tertentu, Anda jangan membuat perubahan pada file itu. Anda akan mendapatkan pesan kesalahan ketinggalan jaman saat Anda mencoba mengkomitnya! Jika Anda ingin membatalkan perubahan terhadap file dan memulai kembali dari revisi sebelumnya, Anda bisa melakukan rollback ke revisi sebelumnya dari dialog log revisi. Lihat untuk instruksi selanjutnya, dan metode alternatifnya.
131 - Update to Revision can occasionally be useful to see what your project looked like at some earlier point in its history. But in general, updating individual files to an earlier revision is not a good idea as it leaves your working copy in an inconsistent state. If the file you are updating has changed name, you may even find that the file just disappears from your working copy because no file of that name existed in the earlier revision. You should also note that the item will show a normal green overlay, so it is indistinguishable from files which are up-to-date. 4110 Mutahirkan ke Revisi kadang-kadang bisa berguna untuk melihat seperti apa tampilan proyek Anda pada beberapa titik sebelumnya dalam sejarahnya. Tapi secara umum, memutahirkan file individual ke revisi sebelumnya bukan ide yang baik karena ia membiarkan copy pekerjaan Anda dalam keadaan tidak konsisten. Jika file yang Anda mutahirkan berubah nama, Anda mungkin menemukan bahwa file tersebut hilang begitu saja dari copy pekerjaan Anda karena tidak ada file dengan nama ini dalam revisi sebelumnya. Jika Anda hanya ingin copy lokal dari versi lama dari suatu file, maka adalah lebih lebih baik untuk menggunakan perintah Menu KonteksSimpan revisi ke... dari dialog log untuk file itu.
132 - If you simply want a local copy of an old version of a file it is better to use the Context MenuSave revision to... command from the log dialog for that file. 4116 Jika Anda mengklik kanan pada revisi Anda bisa menggunakan Menu KonteksTampilkan Log untuk melihat histori.
133 - tree conflict 4157 konflik
134 - resolve 4163 Selesaikan
135 - file conflicts 4169 konflik
136 - tree conflicts 4179 konflik
137 - File Conflicts 4193 Edit Konflik
138 - A file conflict occurs when two or more developers have changed the same few lines of a file. As Subversion knows nothing of your project, it leaves resolving the conflicts to the developers. Whenever a conflict is reported, you should open the file in question, and search for lines starting with the string &lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;. The conflicting area is marked like this: \n
\t&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt; filename\n
\t\tyour changes\n
\t=======\n
\t\tcode merged from repository\n
\t&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; revision\n
\t
Also, for every conflicted file Subversion places three additional files in your directory:
4229 Suatu saat, Anda akan menghadapi konflik ketika Anda memutahirkan file dari repositori. Konflik terjadi saat dua atau lebih pengembang mengubah beberapa baris yang sama dari file. Karena Subversion tidak mengetahui proyek Anda, ia meninggalkan penyelesaikan konflik kepada para pengembang. Kapan saja konflik dilaporkan, Anda harus membuka file yang dipertanyakan, dan mencari baris yang dimulai dengan string &lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;. Area yang konflik ditandai seperi ini: \n
&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt; filename\n
your changes\n
=======\n
code merged from repository\n
&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; revision\n
Juga, untuk setiap file yang konflik Subversion menempatkan tiga file tambahan dalam direktori Anda:
139 - Tree Conflicts 4269 konflik
140 - Developer A moves Foo.c to Bar.c and commits it to the repository. 4324 Gunakan direktori \"_svn\" daripada \".svn\"
141 - For a folder conflict: 4367 Ini tidak berlaku jika:
142 - Developer A moves Foo.c to Bar.c and commits it to the repository 4390 Gunakan direktori \"_svn\" daripada \".svn\"
143 - Developer B moves Foo.c to Bix.c 4396 Buat folder lain MyNewRepository di dalam D:\\SVN\\.
144 - view changes 4538 ekspor perubahan
145 - working copy status 4544 copy pekerjaan
146 - A fresh checked out working copy has a green checkmark as overlay. That means the Subversion status is normal. 4571 Copy pekerjaan yang baru ter-check out mempunyai tanda centang hijau sebagai lapisan. Itu berarti bahwa status Subversion adalah normal.
147 - As soon as you start editing a file, the status changes to modified and the icon overlay then changes to a red exclamation mark. That way you can easily see which files were changed since you last updated your working copy and need to be committed. 4577 Segera setelah Anda mulai mengedit file, status berubah ke diubah dan lapisan ikon kemudian berubah ke tanda kata seru merah. Dengan cara itu Anda bisa melihat dengan mudah file mana yang diubah sejak terakhir Anda memutahirkan copy pekerjaan Anda dan perlu untuk dikomit.
148 - If during an update a conflict occurs then the icon changes to a yellow exclamation mark. 4583 Jika selama pemutahiran terjadi konflik maka ikon berubah ke tanda kata seru kuning.
149 - If you have set the svn:needs-lock property on a file, Subversion makes that file read-only until you get a lock on that file. Such files have this overlay to indicate that you have to get a lock first before you can edit that file. 4589 Jika Anda telah mengeset properti svn:needs-lock pada file, Subversion membuat file itu hanya-baca sampai Anda mendapatkan kunci pada file itu. File hanya baca mempunyai lapisan ini untuk menunjukan bahwa Anda harus mengunci file Hanya-baca dulu sebelum Anda bisa mengedit file tersebut.
150 - If you hold a lock on a file, and the Subversion status is normal, this icon overlay reminds you that you should release the lock if you are not using it to allow others to commit their changes to the file. 4595 Jika Anda memegang kunci pada file, dan status Subversion adalah normal, lapisan ikon ini mengingatkan kepada Anda bahwa Anda harus melepaskan kunci jika Anda tidak menggunakannya untuk membolehkan yang lain untuk mengkomit perubahan mereka ke file.
151 - This icon shows you that some files or folders inside the current folder have been scheduled to be deleted from version control or a file under version control is missing in a folder. 4601 Ikon ini memperlihatkan kepada Anda bahwa beberapa file atau folder di dalam folder saat ini telah dijadwalkan untuk dihapus dari kontrol versi atau file dibawah kontrol versi hilang dalam folder.
152 - The plus sign tells you that a file or folder has been scheduled to be added to version control. 4607 Tanda plus memberitahu Anda bahwa file atau folder sudah dijadwalkan untuk ditambahkan ke kontrol versi.
153 - The bar sign tells you that a file or folder is ignored for version control purposes. This overlay is optional. 4613 Tanda plus memberitahu Anda bahwa file atau folder sudah dijadwalkan untuk ditambahkan ke kontrol versi.
154 - In fact, you may find that not all of these icons are used on your system. This is because the number of overlays allowed by Windows is very limited and if you are also using an old version of TortoiseCVS, then there are not enough overlay slots available. TortoiseSVN tries to be a Good Citizen (TM) and limits its use of overlays to give other apps a chance too. 4623 Kenyataannya, Anda mungkin menemukan bahwa tidak semua ikon ini digunakan pada sistem Anda. Ini dikarenakan jumlah lapisan yang dibolehkan oleh Windows dibatasi hanya 15. Windows menggunakan 4 dari itu, dan sisanya 11 bisa digunakan oleh aplikasi lain. Jika Anda juga menggunakan TortoiseCVS, maka slot lapisan ikon tidak cukup tersedia, maka TortoiseSVN mencoba menjadi Warga Yang Baik (TM) dan membatasi penggunaan lapisan untuk memberikan kesempatan bagi aplikasi lain.
155 - Simply right click on one of the headings of a column, choose More... from the context menu displayed. A dialog will appear where you can specify the columns and their order, which is displayed in the Detailed View. Scroll down until the entries starting with SVN come into view. Check the ones you would like to have displayed and close the dialog by pressing OK. The columns will be appended to the right of those currently displayed. You can reorder them by drag and drop, or resize them, so that they fit your needs. 4652 Cukup klik kanan pada salah satu judul kolom, pilih Selengkapnya... dari menu konteks yang ditampilkan. Dialog akan muncul dimana Anda bisa menetapkan kolom dan urutannya, yang ditampilkan dalam \"Tampilan Detil\". Gulung ke bawah sampai entri dimulai dengan SVN terlihat. Centang kolom-kolom yang ingin Anda tampilkan dan tutup dialog dengan menekan OK. Kolom akan ditambahkan ke kanan dari yang saat ini ditampilkan. Anda bisa mengurut ulang dengan drag dan drop, atau mengubah ukuran mereka, agar sesuai dengan kebutuhan Anda.
156 - If you click on the Check Repository then you can also look for changes in the repository. That way you can check before an update if there's a possible conflict. You can also update selected files from the repository without updating the whole folder. By default, the Check Repository button only fetches the remote status with the checkout depth of the working copy. If you want to see all files and folders in the repository, even those you have not checked out, then you have to hold down the Shift key when you click on the Check Repository button. 4688 Jika Anda mengklik Periksa Repositori maka Anda juga bisa melihat perubahan dalam repositori. Dengan cara itu Anda bisa memeriksa pemutahiran jika ada kemungkinan konflik. Anda juga bisa memutahirkan file yang dipilih dari repositori tanpa memutahirkan seluruh folder.
157 - You can also revert changes in individual files. If you have deleted a file accidentally, it will show up as Missing and you can use Revert to recover it. 4734 Anda juga bisa memulihkan perubahan dalam file individual. Jika Anda telah menghapus file secara tidak sengaja, ia akan ditampilkan sebagai Hilang dan Anda bisa menggunakan Pulihkan untuk mengembalikannya.
158 - The changelist feature in TortoiseSVN is only available in Windows XP and later, as it depends on a shell capability which is not present in Windows 2000. Sorry, but Win2K is really quite old now, so please don't complain. 4802 Fitur daftar perubahan hanya ada di Windows XP atau yang lebih baru karena fitur itu bergantung pada kemampuan shell yang tidak ada di Windows 2000. Maaf, Win2K sekarang benar-benar tua, jadi janganlah mengeluh.
159 - Select one or more files and use Context MenuMove to changelist to add an item to a changelist. Initially there will be no changelists, so the first time you do this you will create a new changelist. Give it name which describes what you are using it for, and click OK. The dialog will now change to show groups of items. 4811 Gunakan Menu KonteksPindahkan ke daftar perubahan untuk menambah suatu item ke suatu daftar perubahan. Mula-mula tidak ada satupun daftar perubahan, jadi saat pertama kali Anda melakukannya Anda akan membuat suatu daftar perubahan baru. Berilah nama yang menggambarkan untuk apa Anda menggunakannya, dan klik OK. Dialog komit sekarang akan berubah untuk menampilkan kelompok item-item.
160 - In the commit dialog you can see those same files, grouped by changelist. Apart from giving an immediate visual indication of groupings, you can also use the group headings to select which files to commit. 4825 Selain memberi indikasi visual langsung dari pengelompokan, Anda juga dapat menggunakan judul kelompok untuk memilih file mana saja yang akan dikomit.
161 - Changelists are purely a local client feature. Creating and removing changelists will not affect the repository, nor anyone else's working copy. They are simply a convenient way for you to organise your files. 4842 Daftar-daftar perubahan adalah murni fitur klien lokal. Membuat dan menghapus daftar-daftar perubahan tidak akan memengaruhi repositori ataupun klien lain.
162 - commit messages 4863 Pesan Log Komit
163 - log messages 4869 log pesan
164 - Revision Log Actions 4939 Dialog Log Revisi
165 - If a revision added a file or directory, the added icon is shown in the second column. 4953 Tanda plus memberitahu Anda bahwa file atau folder sudah dijadwalkan untuk ditambahkan ke kontrol versi.
166 - If a revision deleted a file or directory, the deleted icon is shown in the third column. 4959 Tanda plus memberitahu Anda bahwa file atau folder sudah dijadwalkan untuk ditambahkan ke kontrol versi.
167 - Compare with working copy 4979 copy pekerjaan
168 - Compare and blame with working BASE 4990 Bandingkan dan Blame dengan BASE Pekerjaan
169 - Blame the selected revision, and the file in your working BASE and compare the blame reports using a visual diff tool. Read for more detail. (files only). 4996 Blame revisi yang dipilih, dan file dalam BASE pekerjaan Anda dan membandingkan hasil menggunakan piranti diff visual. Baca untuk detil lebih jauh.
170 - Show changes as unified diff 5002 Peninjau Unified Diff
171 - Compare with previous revision 5013 Perbedaan antara dua revisi sebelumnya
172 - Compare the selected revision with the previous revision. This works in a similar manner to comparing with your working copy. For folders this option will first show the changed files dialog allowing you to select files to compare. 5018 Membandingkan revisi terpilih dengan revisi sebelumnya. Ini bekerja dalam cara yang mirip dengan membandingkan dengan copy pekerjaan Anda.
173 - Compare and blame with previous revision 5024 Bandingkan dan Blame dengan BASE Pekerjaan
174 - Show the changed files dialog allowing you to select files. Blame the selected revision, and the previous revision, and compare the results using a visual diff tool. (folders only). 5030 Blame revisi yang dipilih, dan revisi sebelumnya, dan bandingkan hasilnya dengan suatu alat diff visual.
175 - Save revision to... 5037 revisi
176 - Save the selected revision to a file so you have an older version of that file. (files only). 5043 Menyimpan revisi yang dipilih ke file agar Anda mempunyai versi lama dari file itu.
177 - Open the selected file, either with the default viewer for that file type, or with a program you choose. (files only). 5054 Membuka file yang dipilih, baik dengan peninjau standar untuk tipe file itu, ataupun dengan program yang Anda sukai.
178 - Blame... 5061 Blame
179 - Browse repository 5071 Melihat Repositori
180 - Open the repository browser to examine the selected file or folder in the repository as it was at the selected revision. 5077 Membuka browser repositori untuk memeriksa folder yang dipilih. Opsi ini hanya tersedia saat Anda mengakses log untuk direktori.
181 - Create branch/tag from revision 5083 Menggabungkan Suatu Jangkauan Revisi
182 - Create a branch or tag from a selected revision. This is useful e.g. if you forgot to create a tag and already committed some changes which weren't supposed to get into that release. 5089 Membuat cabang/tag dari revisi yang dipilih. Ini berguna misalnya jika Anda lupa untuk membuat tag dan sudah mengkomit beberapa perubahan yang tidak seharusnya masuk ke dalam rilis itu.
183 - Update item to revision 5095 Mutahirkan ke revisi
184 - Update your working copy to the selected revision. Useful if you want to have your working copy reflect a time in the past, or if there have been further commits to the repository and you want to update your working copy one step at a time. It is best to update a whole directory in your working copy, not just one file, otherwise your working copy could be inconsistent. 5101 Memutahirkan copy pekerjaan Anda ke revisi yang dipilih. Berguna jika Anda ingin mempunyai copy pekerjaan Anda merefleksikan waktu yang lalu. Hal terbaik untuk memutahirkan seluruh direktori dalam copy pekerjaan Anda, buka hanya satu file, sebaliknya copy pekerjaan Anda menjadi tidak konsisten dan Anda tidak akan bisa mengkomit setiap perubahan.
185 - Revert to this revision 5111 Mutahirkan ke revisi
186 - Revert to an earlier revision. If you have made several changes, and then decide that you really want to go back to how things were in revision N, this is the command you need. The changes are undone in your working copy so this operation does not affect the repository until you commit the changes. Note that this will undo all changes made after the selected revision, replacing the file/folder with the earlier version. 5117 Memulihkan ke revisi sebelumnya. Jika Anda membuat beberapa perubahan, dan kemudian memutuskan bahwa Anda benar-benar ingin kembali ke revisi N, ini adalah perintah yang Anda perlukan. Lagi, perubahan-perubahan dipulihkan dalam salinan pekerjaan Anda, jadi operasi ini tidak memengaruhi repositori sampai Anda mengkomit perubahan-perubahan tersebut. Catat bahwa ini akan membatalkan semua perubahan-perubahan setelah revisi terpilih, mengganti file/folder dengan versi yang lebih awal. Jika Anda memiliki perubahan-perubahan lokal, perintah ini akan menggabungkan perubahan-perubahan ini ke dalam salinan pekerjaan Anda.
187 - Revert changes from this revision 5141 Perbedaan dari revisi sebelumnya
188 - Undo changes from which were made in the selected revision. The changes are undone in your working copy so this operation does not affect the repository at all! Note that this will undo the changes made in that revision only; it does not replace your working copy with the entire file at the earlier revision. This is very useful for undoing an earlier change when other unrelated changes have been made since. 5147 Memulihkan perubahan dimana Anda buat dalam revisi yang dipilih. Perubahan dipulihkan dalam copy pekerjaan Anda, jadi operasi ini tidak mempengaruhi repositori sama sekali! Catatan bahwa ini akan membatalkan perubahan yang dibuat hanya dalam revisi itu. Ia tidak menimpa copy pekerjaan Anda dengan seluruh file pada revisi sebelumnya. Ini berguna untuk membatalkan perubahan sebelumnya ketika perubahan lain yang tidak terkait pernah dibuat. Jika Anda membuat perubahan-perubahan lokal, perintah ini akan menggabungkan perubahan-perubahan ini ke dalam salinan pekerjaan Anda.
189 - Merge revision to... 5161 revisi
190 - Checkout... 5171 Checkout
191 - Export... 5181 Ekspor
192 - Edit author / log message 5191 Font untuk pesan log
193 - Show revision properties 5202 Properti Subversion
194 - Search log messages... 5222 log pesan
195 - Compare revisions 5242 membandingkan revisi-revisi
196 - Blame revisions 5258 Revisi Blame
197 - Blame the two revisions and compare the blame reports using a visual difference tool. Read for more detail. 5264 Blame dua revisi dan bandingkan hasil menggunakan piranti pembeda visual. Baca selengkapnya .
198 - If you select two or more revisions (using the usual Ctrl or Shift modifiers), the context menu will include an entry to Revert all changes which were made in the selected revisions. This is the easiest way to rollback a group of revisions in one go. 5294 Jika Anda memilih multipel revisi berturut-turut (menggunakan Ctrl atau Shift modifiers biasa), menu konteks akan menyertakan entri untuk Memulihkan semua perubahan yang dibuat dalam jangkauan revisi itu. Ini merupakan cara termudah untuk melakukan rollback satu grup revisi sekali jalan.
199 - Show changes 5313 ekspor perubahan
200 - Show changes made in the selected revision for the selected file. This context menu is only available for files shown as modified. 5319 Menampilkan perbedaan yang dibuat dalam revisi yang dipilih untuk file yang dipilih. Menu konteks ini hanya tersedia untuk file yang ditampilkan sebagai Diubah.
201 - Blame changes 5325 Memulihkan Perubahan
202 - Blame the selected revision and the previous revision for the selected file, and compare the blame reports using a visual diff tool. Read for more detail. 5331 Blame revisi yang dipilih dan revisi sebelumnya untuk file yang dipilih, dan menampilkan perbedaan menggunakan piranti diff visual. Baca selengkapnya .
203 - Show as unified diff 5337 Peninjau Unified Diff
204 - Show file changes in unified diff format. This context menu is only available for files shown as modified. 5343 Menampilkan perbedaan yang dibuat dalam revisi yang dipilih untuk file yang dipilih. Menu konteks ini hanya tersedia untuk file yang ditampilkan sebagai Diubah.
205 - Show properties 5364 properti
206 - Show log 5375 Tampilkan Log
207 - Get merge logs 5386 Gunakan dialog gabung
208 - For a large repository there may be hundreds or even thousands of changes and fetching them all could take a long time. Normally you are only interested in the more recent changes. By default, the number of log messages fetched is limited to 100, but you can change this value in TortoiseSVNSettings (), 5431 Untuk repositori besar disana mungkin ada ratusan atau bahkan ribuan perubahan dan mengambil itu semua bisa memerlukan waktu lama. Biasanya Anda hanya tertarik pada perubahan yang lebih baru. Standarnya, jumlah pesan log yang diambil dibatasi ke 100, tapi Anda bisa mengubah nilai ini dalam TortoiseSVNSeting (),
209 - Current Working Copy Revision 5482 Melakukan Checkout Copy Pekerjaan
210 - merge tracking log 5500 bugtracking
211 - revision properties 5532 Properti Subversion
212 - revprops 5538 repobrowser
213 - Subversion lets you change revision properties any time you want. But since such changes can't be undone (those changes are not versioned) this feature is disabled by default. To make this work, you must set up a pre-revprop-change hook. Please refer to the chapter on Hook Scripts in the Subversion Book for details about how to do that. Read to find some further notes on implementing hooks on a Windows machine. 5553 Subversion membiarkan Anda mengubah kedua pesan log serta pembuat dari revisi kapan saja Anda inginkan. Tapi karena perubahan itu tidak bisa dibatalkan (perubahan itu tidak diversi) standarnya fitur ini dimatikan. Untuk membuat ini bekerja Anda harus menyiapkan hook pre-revprop-change. Silahkan rujuk ke bab pada Hook Scripts dalam Buku Subversion untuk perincian mengenai bagaimana untuk melakukannya. Baca untuk mencari beberapa catatan selanjutnya guna mengimplementasikan hook pada mesin Windows.
214 - Once you've set up your server with the required hooks, you can change the author and log message (or any other revprop) of any revision, using the context menu from the top pane of the Log dialog. You can also edit a log message using the context menu for the middle pane. 5559 Sekali Anda telah menyiapkan server Anda dengan hook yang dibutuhkan, Anda bisa mengubah pembuat dan pesan log dari setiap revisi, menggunakan menu konteks dari pane atas dari dialog Log.
215 - You can also filter the path names in the bottom pane using the Hide unrelated changed paths checkbox. Related paths are those which contain the path used to display the log. If you fetch the log for a folder, that means anything in that folder or below it. For a file it means just that one file. The checkbox is tristate: you can show all paths, grey out the unrelated ones, or hide the unrelated paths completely. 5602 Anda bisa juga menyaring nama path dalam pane bawah menggunakan kotak centang Sembunyikan perubahan path yang tidak terkait. Path terkait adalah path yang berisi path yang digunakan untuk menampilkan log. Jika Anda mengambil log untuk folder, itu berarti apapun dalam folder itu atau dibawahnya. Untuk file itu berarti hanya satu file itu. Kotak centang adalah tiga-kondisi; Anda bisa menampilkan semua path, menandai yang tidak terkait, atau menyembunyikan path tidak terkait sepenuhnya.
216 - No Log Formatting from Repository Browser 5612 Browser Repositori
217 - Where there are a few major authors and many minor contributors, the number of tiny segments can make the graph more difficult to read. The slider at the bottom allows you to set a threshold (as a percentage of total commits) below which any activity is grouped into an Others category. 5667 Dimana ada beberapa pembuat utama dan banyak kontributor minor, jumlah segmen kecil bisa membuat grafik lebih sulit untuk dibaca. Penggulung di bawah membolehkan Anda untuk mengeset threshold (sebagai prosentase dari total komit) dibawah yang setiap aktivitas dikelompokan ke dalam kategori Lain-lain.
218 - By default the analysis is case-sensitive, so users PeterEgan and PeteRegan are treated as different authors. However, in many cases user names are not case-sensitive, and are sometimes entered inconsistently, so you may want DavidMorgan and davidmorgan to be treated as the same person. Use the Authors case insensitive checkbox to control how this is handled. 5693 Standarnya analisis adalah sensitif huruf, maka pengguna PeterEgan dan PeteRegan diperlakukan sebagai pembuat yang berbeda. Akan tetapi, dalam banyak hal nama pengguna tidak sensitif huruf, dan kadang-kadang dimasukkan secara tidak konsisten, maka mungkin Anda menginginkan DavidMorgan dan davidmorgan diperlakukan sebagai orang yang sama. Gunakan kotak centang Pembuat sensitif huruf untuk mengontrol bagaimana ini ditangani.
219 - Here you have three options: 5740 Membuat repositori dalam
220 - compare 5774 bandingkan file
221 - One of the commonest requirements in project development is to see what has changed. You might want to look at the differences between two revisions of the same file, or the differences between two separate files. TortoiseSVN provides a built-in tool named TortoiseMerge for viewing differences of text files. For viewing differences of image files, TortoiseSVN also has a tool named TortoiseIDiff. Of course, you can use your own favourite diff program if you like. 5780 Salah satu kebutuhan yang paling umum dalam pengembangan proyek adalah untuk melihat apa yang telah berubah. Anda mungkin ingin melihat perbedaan antara dua revisi dari file yang sama, atau perbedaan antara dua file terpisah. TortoiseSVN menyediakan piranti builtin yang dinamai TortoiseMerge untuk melihat perbedaan dari file teks. Untuk melihat perbedaan file gambar, TortoiseSVN juga mempunyai piranti bernama TortoiseIDiff. Tentunya, Anda bisa menggunakan program diff favorit Anda jika Anda inginkan.
222 - If you want to see the differences between a file in your working copy, and a file in any Subversion repository, you can do that directly in explorer by selecting the file then holding down the Shift key whilst right clicking to obtain the context menu. Select TortoiseSVNDiff with URL. You can do the same thing for a working copy folder. TortoiseMerge shows these differences in the same way as it shows a patch file - a list of changed files which you can view one at a time. 5870 Jika Anda ingin melihat perbedaan antara file dalam copy pekerjaan Anda, dan file dalam setiap repositori Subversion, Anda bisa melakukan itu secara langsung dalam explorer dengan memilih file lalu menekan terus tombol Shift sementara mengklik kanan untuk mendapatkan menu konteks. Pilih TortoiseSVNDiff dengan URL. Anda bisa melakukan hal yang sama untuk folder copy pekerjaan. TortoiseMerge menampilkan perbedaan ini dalam cara yang sama seperti menampilkan patchfile - daftar dari file yang berubah yang bisa Anda lihat satu per satu.
223 - The built-in tools supplied with TortoiseSVN do not support viewing differences between directory hierarchies. But if you have an external tool which does support that feature, you can use that instead. In we tell you about some tools which we have used. 5891 Piranti builtin yang disertakan dengan TortoiseSVN tidak mendukung untuk melihat perbedaan antara hirarki direktori. Tapi jika Anda mempunyai piranti eksternal yang mendukung fitur itu, Anda bisa menggunakannya. Dalam kami memberitahu Anda tentang beberapa piranti yang telah kami gunakan.
224 - You can also export the list of changed files to a text file using Context menuSave list of selected files to.... 5963 Anda juga dapat lompat ke suatu baris spesifik menggunakan EditPergi Ke Baris....
225 - If you want to export the list of files and the actions (modified, added, deleted) as well, you can do that using Context menuCopy selection to clipboard. 5969 Jika Anda ingin mengekspor daftar file dan tindakan (diubah, ditambah, dihapus) juga, Anda bisa melakukan itu menggunakan jalan pintas keyboard Ctrl-A untuk memilih semua entri dan Ctrl-C untuk mengcopy daftar rinci ke clipboard.
226 - TortoiseSVNDiff for any of the common image file formats will start TortoiseIDiff to show image differences. By default the images are displayed side-by-side but you can use the View menu or toolbar to switch to a top-bottom view instead, or if you prefer, you can overlay the images and pretend you are using a lightbox. 6013 TortoiseSVNDiff untuk setiap format file gambar umum akan memulai TortoiseIDiff untuk menampilkan perbedaan gambar. Standarnya gambar ditampilkan sejajar tapi Anda bisa menggunakan menu Lihat dari toolbar untuk menukarnya ke tampilan atas-bawah, atau jika diinginkan, Anda bisa melapisi gambar dan pura-pura Anda menggunakan kotak cahaya. Penggulung di kontrol atas intensitas gambar relatif (alpha blend). Anda juga bisa menggunakan Ctrl-Shift-Wheel untuk mengubah blend.
227 - Naturally you can also zoom in and out and pan around the image. You can also pan the image simply by left-dragging it. If you select the Link images together option, then the pan controls (scrollbars, mousewheel) on both images are linked. 6019 Secara alami, Anda juga dapat membesarkan dan mengecilkan dan menggeser gambar. Anda juga dapat menggeser gambar cukup dengan menyeret-kiri gambar tersebut. Jika Anda memilih opsi Link gambar bersama, maka kontrol pan (scrollbars, wheelmouse) pada kedua gambar dihubungkan.
228 - An image info box shows details about the image file, such as the size in pixels, resolution and colour depth. If this box gets in the way, use ViewImage Info to hide it. You can get the same information in a tooltip if you hover the mouse over the image title bar. 6025 Dalam kotak info gambar menampilkan detil file gambar, seperti ukuran dalam pixel, resolusi dan kedalaman warna. Jika kotak ini berjalan, gunakan LihatInfo Gambar untuk menyembunyikannya.
229 - Araxis Merge is a useful commercial tool for diff and merging both files and folders. It does three-way comparison in merges and has synchronization links to use if you've changed the order of functions. Download it from Araxis. 6118 Araxis Merge adalah piranti komersil untuk diff dan penggabungan file dan folder. Ia melakukan perbandingan tiga-cara dalam merge dan mempunyai link sinkronisasi untuk digunakan jika Anda telah mengubah urutan fungsi. Download ini dari Araxis.
230 - version new files 6159 Properti Subversion
231 - You can also use the Add command on already versioned folders. In that case, the add dialog will show you all unversioned files inside that versioned folder. This helps if you have many new files and need to add them all at once. 6186 Anda juga bisa menggunakan perintah Tambah pada folder yang sudah berversi. Dalam kasus itu, dialog tambah akan memperlihatkan kepada Anda file-file tidak berversi di dalam folder yang berversi. Ini membantu jika Anda mempunyai banyak file baru dan perlu menambahkannya sekaligus.
232 - If you add a file or folder by mistake, you can undo the addition before you commit using TortoiseSVNUndo add.... 6223 Dalam copy pekerjaan Anda pilih TortoiseSVNGabung.
233 - copy files 6233 bandingkan file
234 - You can copy files and folders from your working copy to another location in the repository using TortoiseSVNBranch/Tag. Refer to to find out more. 6273 Anda ingin menukar ke cabang berbeda atau direktori di dalam repositori yang sama. Untuk melakukan itu Anda harus menggunakan TortoiseSVNTukar.... Baca untuk informasi selengkapnya.
235 - You can locate an older version of a file or folder in the log dialog and copy it to a new location in the repository directly from the log dialog using Context menuCreate branch/tag from revision. Refer to to find out more. 6279 Anda ingin menukar ke cabang berbeda atau direktori di dalam repositori yang sama. Untuk melakukan itu Anda harus menggunakan TortoiseSVNTukar.... Baca untuk informasi selengkapnya.
236 - Cannot copy between repositories 6289 repositori eksternal
237 - unversioned files/folders 6313 File/folder yang dihapus
238 - In most projects you will have files and folders that should not be subject to version control. These might include files created by the compiler, *.obj, *.lst, maybe an output folder used to store the executable. Whenever you commit changes, TortoiseSVN shows your unversioned files, which fills up the file list in the commit dialog. Of course you can turn off this display, but then you might forget to add a new source file. 6319 Dalam banyak proyek Anda akan mempunyai file dan folder yang tidak harus tergantung kontrol versi. Ini bisa menyertakan file yang dibuat oleh kompilator, *.obj, *.lst, mungkin folder output yang digunakan untuk menyimpan eksecutabel. Kapan saja Anda mengkomit perubahan, TSVN memperlihatkan file tidak berversi Anda, yang mengisi daftar file dalam dialog komit. Tentu saja Anda bisa mematikan tampilan ini, tapi kemudian Anda mungkin lupa untuk menambah file sumber baru.
239 - No Paths in Global Ignore List 6419 Daftar Abaikan global
240 - Deleting, Moving and Renaming 6429 Menghapus, Mengganti Nama Dan Memindahkan
241 - Deleting files and folders 6445 File/folder yang dihapus
242 - Use TortoiseSVNDelete to remove files or folders from subversion. 6461 TortoiseSVNHapus folder dari copy pekerjaan Anda.
243 - When you TortoiseSVNDelete a file, it is removed from your working copy immediately as well as being marked for deletion in the repository on next commit. The file's parent folder shows a deleted icon overlay. Up until you commit the change, you can get the file back using TortoiseSVNRevert on the parent folder. 6467 Jika Anda menghapus file/direktori menggunakan TSVN, file dihapus dari copy pekerjaan Anda dan ditandai untuk penghapusan. Folder leluhurnya memperlihatkan lapisan ikon \"dihapus\". Anda bisa selalu mendapatkan file kembali, jika Anda memanggil TortoiseSVNPulihkan pada folder leluhurnya.
244 - When you TortoiseSVNDelete a folder, it remains in your working copy, but the overlay changes to indicate that it is marked for deletion. Up until you commit the change, you can get the folder back using TortoiseSVNRevert on the folder itself. This difference in behaviour between files and folders is a part of Subversion, not TortoiseSVN. 6472 Jika Anda melakukan TortoiseSVNHapus terhadap sebuah file, file tersebut akan dihapus dari salinan pekerjaan Anda saat itu juga dan juga ditandai untuk penghapusan dalam repositori pada komit berikutnya. Saat Anda melakukan TortoiseSVNHapus terhadap sebuah folder, folder tersebut akan tetap ada dalam salinan pekerjaan Anda, tetapi lapisannya berubah untuk menandakan bahwa folder tersebut ditandai untuk penghapusan. Perbedaan perilaku ini adalah bagian Subversion, bukan TortoiseSVN.
245 - If you want to delete an item from the repository, but keep it locally as an unversioned file/folder, use Extended Context MenuDelete (keep local). You have to hold the Shift key while right clicking on the item in the explorer list pane (right pane) in order to see this in the extended context menu. 6477 Jika Anda ingin menghapus sesuatu dari repositori tetapi menginginkan untuk mempertahankannya secara lokal sebagai file/folder tak berversi, gunakan Menu Konteks LanjutanHapus (pertahankan lokal). Anda harus menahan Shift sambil mengeklik kanan pada suatu folder dalam pane daftar explorer (pane kanan) untuk melihat ini pada menu konteks lanjutan.
246 - Moving files and folders 6503 Komit file atau folder?
247 - If you want to do a simple in-place rename of a file or folder, use Context MenuRename... Enter the new name for the item and you're done. 6521 Jika Anda mengklik kanan pada revisi Anda bisa menggunakan Menu KonteksTampilkan Log untuk melihat histori.
248 - If you want to move files around inside your working copy, perhaps to a different sub-folder, use the right-mouse drag-and-drop handler: 6537 Jika Anda ingin memindahkan file didalam copy pekerjaan, gunakan pengendali drag-dan-drop lagi:
249 - Since renames and moves are done as a delete followed by an add you must commit the parent folder of the renamed/moved file so that the deleted part of the rename/move will show up in the commit dialog. If you don't commit the removed part of the rename/move, it will stay behind in the repository and when your co-workers update, the old file will not be removed. i.e. they will have both the old and the new copies. 6548 Karena mengganti nama dan memindahkan dikerjakan sebagai penghapusan diikuti oleh penambahan, Anda harus mengkomit folder leluhur dari file yang diganti nama/dipindahkan akan muncul dalam dialog komit. Jika Anda tidak mengkomit bagian yang dihapus dari ganti nama/pindahkan, ia akan tetap dalam repositori dan pemutahiran dari co-worker Anda tidak akan menghapus file lama. Misalnya mereka akan mempunyai kedua copy lama dan yang baru.
250 - You can also use the repository browser to move items around. Read to find out more. 6559 TortoiseSVN juga dapat berintegrasi dengan beberapa browser repositori berbasis web. Baca untuk informasi lanjut.
251 - case change 6579 Perubahan lokal
252 - Fortunately there are (at least) two possible methods to rename a file without losing its log history. It is important to rename it within subversion. Just renaming in the explorer will corrupt your working copy! 6589 Ada (setidaknya) dua kemungkinan solusi untuk mengganti nama file tanpa kehilangan histori lognya. Ini penting untuk mengganti nama di dalam Subversion. Mengganti nama dalam explorer akan merusak copy pekerjaan Anda!!!
253 - If the repository already contains two files with the same name but differing only in case (e.g. TEST.TXT and test.txt), you will not be able to update or checkout the parent directory on a Windows client. Whilst Subversion supports case-sensitive filenames, Windows does not. 6640 Seandainya Anda mempunyai dua file dalam repositori dengan nama yang sama tapi dibedakan hanya jenis huruf (contoh. TEST.TXT dan test.txt) Anda tidak bisa memutahirkan atau checkout direktori dimana file itu berada lagi.
254 - clean 6710 membersihkan
255 - If you want to undo the addition of an item, this appears in the context menu as TortoiseSVNUndo add.... This is really a revert as well, but the name has been changed to make it more obvious. 6730 Jika Anda belum mengkomit penambahan, maka yang harus Anda lakukan adalah menggunakan TortoiseSVNPulihkan... untuk membatalkan penambahan. Kemudian Anda harus menambah file ke daftar abaikan agar mereka tidak ditambahkan lagi nantinya karena kesalahan.
256 - Revert is Slow 6756 Dialog Pulihkan
257 - Cleanup has another useful side effect. If a file date changes but its content doesn't, Subversion cannot tell whether it has really changed except by doing a byte-by-byte comparison with the pristine copy. If you have a lot of files in this state it makes acquiring status very slow, which will make many dialogs slow to respond. Executing a Cleanup on your working copy will repair these broken timestamps and restore status checks to full speed. 6784 Bersihkan mempunyai efek samping berguna lain. Jika tanggal file berubah tetapi isinya tidak, Subversion tidak bisa mengatakan apakah ia benar-benar berubah kecuali dengan melakukan perbandingan byte-demi-byte dengan copy murni. Jika Anda mempunyai banyak file dalam kondisi ini membuat permintaan status sangat lambat, yang akan membuat banyak dialog lambat merespon. Menjalankan Pembersihan pada copy pekerjaan Anda akan mereparasi cap waktu yang rusak ini dan menyimpan kembali status periksa ke kecepatan penuh.
258 - Subversion properties 6825 Properti Subversion
259 - You can read and set the Subversion properties from the Windows properties dialog, but also from TortoiseSVNproperties and within TortoiseSVN's status lists, from Context menuproperties. 6836 Anda bisa membaca dan mengeset properti Subversion dari dialog properti Windows, tapi juga dari TortoiseSVNproperti dan di dalam daftar status TSVN, dari Menu konteksproperti.
260 - You can add your own properties, or some properties with a special meaning in Subversion. These begin with svn:. svn:externals is such a property; see how to handle externals in . 6842 Anda bisa menambahkan properti Anda sendiri, atau beberapa properti dengan arti khusus dalam Subversion. Ini dimulai dengan svn:. svn:externals adalah properti seperti itu; lihat bagaimana untuk menangani eksternal dalam . Untuk informasi lebih jauh mengenai properti dalam Subversion lihat Special Properties.
261 - keywords 6853 Kata Kunci
262 - The full URL of this file in the repository. 6875 Judul jendela untuk file dalam repositori
263 - To find out how to use these keywords, look at the svn:keywords section in the Subversion book, which gives a full description of these keywords and how to enable and use them. 6889 Adalah penting untuk mengerti bagaimana mencabangkan dan menggabung pekerjaan dalam Subversion sebelum Anda mulai menggunakannya, karena ini bisa menjadi sedikit rumit. Sangat direkomendasikan bahwa Anda sudah membaca bab Branching and Merging dalam buku Subversion, yang menyediakan penjelasan secara lengkap dan banyak contoh bagaimana penggunaannya.
264 - For more information about properties in Subversion see the Special Properties. 6895 Informasi selanjutnya mengenai svnserve bisa ditemukan dalam Version control with Subversion.
265 - Adding and Editing Properties 6901 Menambah properti
266 - The svn:externals property can be used to pull in other projects from the same repository or a completely different repository. For more information, read . 6942 Properti svn:externals bisa digunakan untuk menarik proyek lain dari repositori yang sama atau repositori yang beda sama sekali. Untuk informasi lebih jauh, baca .
267 - Exporting and Importing Properties 6948 Mengekspor suatu Copy Pekerjaan Subversion
268 - Binary Properties 6974 Menambah properti
269 - You can configure Subversion and TortoiseSVN to set properties automatically on files and folders when they are added to the repository. There are two ways of doing this. 6999 Anda bisa mengkonfigurasi Subversion untuk mengeset properti secara otomatis pada file dan folder ketika mereka ditambahkan ke repositori. Baca untuk informasi selanjutnya.
270 - TortoiseSVN Project Properties 7041 Properti TortoiseSVN
271 - project properties 7047 Properti Proyek
272 - TortoiseSVN properties 7053 Properti TortoiseSVN
273 - In the Commit dialog you have the option to paste in the list of changed files, including the status of each file (added, modified, etc). tsvn:logfilelistenglish defines whether the file status is inserted in English or in the localized language. If the property is not set, the default is true. 7087 Dalam dialog Komit Anda mempunyai opsi untuk melakukan paste dalam daftar file yang diubah, termasuk status dari setiap file (ditambah, diubah, dll). tsvn:logfilelistenglish mendefinisikan apakah file disisipkan dalam bahasa inggris atau dalam bahasa lokal. Jika properti tidak di set, standarnya true.
274 - TortoiseSVN can use spell checker modules which are also used by OpenOffice and Mozilla. If you have those installed this property will determine which spell checker to use, i.e. in which language the log messages for your project should be written. tsvn:projectlanguage sets the language module the spell checking engine should use when you enter a log message. You can find the values for your language on this page: MSDN: Language Identifiers. 7093 TortoiseSVN bisa menggunakan modul pemeriksa ejaan yang juga digunakan oleh OpenOffice dan Mozilla. Jika Anda mempunyai itu terinstalasi, properti ini akan menentukan pemeriksa ejaan yang akan digunakan, contoh dalam bahasa mana pesan log untuk proyek Anda harus ditulis. tsvn:projectlanguage mengeset modul bahasa mesin pemeriksaan ejaan harus digunakan ketika Anda memasukan pesan log. Anda bisa menemukan nilai untuk bahasa Anda pada halaman ini: MSDN: Pengenal Bahasa.
275 - Some tsvn: properties require a true/false value. TortoiseSVN also understands yes as a synonym for true and no as a synonym for false. 7138 Beberapa properti tsvn: membutuhkan nilai true/false. TSVN juga mengerti yes sebagai sinonim untuk true dan no sebagai sinonim untuk false.
276 - TortoiseSVN can integrate with some bug tracking tools. This uses project properties that start with bugtraq:. Read for further information. 7144 TortoiseSVN bisa mengintegrasikan beberapa piranti bugtracking. Penggunaan properti ini, dimulai dengan bugtraq:. Baca untuk informasi selanjutnya.
277 - It can also integrate with some web-based repository browsers, using project properties that start with webviewer:. Read for further information. 7150 TortoiseSVN juga dapat berintegrasi dengan beberapa browser repositori berbasis web. Baca untuk informasi lanjut.
278 - Set the project properties on folders 7156 Set properti tsvn: pada folder
279 - These special project properties must be set on folders for the system to work. When you commit a file or folder the properties are read from that folder. If the properties are not found there, TortoiseSVN will search upwards through the folder tree to find them until it comes to an unversioned folder, or the tree root (eg. C:\\) is found. If you can be sure that each user checks out only from e.g trunk/ and not some sub-folder, then it is sufficient to set the properties on trunk/. If you can't be sure, you should set the properties recursively on each sub-folder. A property setting deeper in the project hierarchy overrides settings on higher levels (closer to trunk/). 7162 Properti tsvn: ini harus di set pada folder agar sistem bekerja. Ketika Anda mengkomit file atau folder, properti dibaca dari folder itu. Jika properti tidak ditemukan disana, TortoiseSVN akan mencari naik melalui susunan folder untuk menemukannya sampai pada akar folder tidak berversi (contoh C:\\) ditemukan. Jika Anda yakin setiap pengguna melakukan check out hanya dari contohnya trunk/ dan tidak dari beberapa subfolder, maka itu cukup untuk mengeset properti pada trunk/. Jika Anda tidak yakin, Anda harus mengeset properti secara rekursif pada setiap subfolder. Seting properti lebih dalam pada hirarki proyek menimpa seting pada tingkat lebih tinggi (lebih dekat ke trunk/).
280 - For project properties only, i.e. tsvn:, bugtraq: and webviewer: you can use the Recursive checkbox to set the property to all sub-folders in the hierarchy, without also setting it on all files. 7170 Untuk properti tsvn: Anda hanya bisa menggunakan kotak centang Rekursif untuk mengeset properti ke semua subfolder dalam hirarki, tanpa menyetingnya pada semua file.
281 - External Items 7184 eksternal
282 - Sometimes it is useful to construct a working copy that is made out of a number of different checkouts. For example, you may want different files or subdirectories to come from different locations in a repository, or perhaps from different repositories altogether. If you want every user to have the same layout, you can define the svn:externals properties to pull in the specified resource at the locations where they are needed. 7201 Kadang-kadang adalah berguna untuk membangun copy pekerjaan yang dibuat dalam sejumlah check out berbeda. Sebagai contoh, Anda mungkin menginginkan subdirektori berbeda yang datang dari lokasi yang berbeda dalam repositori, atau barangkali dari repositori yang berbeda sekaligus. Jika Anda ingin setiap pengguna untuk mempunyai tata letak yang sama, Anda bisa mendefinisikan properti svn:externals.
283 - External Folders 7207 eksternal
284 - Let's say you check out a working copy of /project1 to D:\\dev\\project1. Select the folder D:\\dev\\project1, right click and choose Windows MenuProperties from the context menu. The Properties Dialog comes up. Then go to the Subversion tab. There, you can set properties. Click Add.... Select the svn:externals property from the combobox and write in the edit box the repository URL in the format url folder or if you want to specify a particular revision, -rREV url folder You can add multiple external projects, 1 per line. Suppose that you have set these properties on D:\\dev\\project1: \n
http://sounds.red-bean.com/repos sounds\n
http://graphics.red-bean.com/repos/fast%20graphics \"quick graphs\"\n
-r21 http://svn.red-bean.com/repos/skin-maker skins/toolkit\n
Now click Set and commit your changes. When you (or any other user) update your working copy, Subversion will create a sub-folder D:\\dev\\project1\\sounds and checkout the sounds project, another sub-folder D:\\dev\\project1\\quick_graphs containing the graphics project, and finally a nested sub-folder D:\\dev\\project1\\skins\\toolkit containing revision 21 of the skin-maker project.
7213 Katakanlah Anda melakukan check out copy pekerjaan /project1 ke D:\\dev\\project1. Pilih folder D:\\dev\\project1, klik kanan dan pilih Menu WindowsProperti dari menu konteks. Dialog Properti muncul. Lalu pergi ke tab Subversion. Di sana, Anda bisa mengeset properti. Klik Tambah.... Pilih properti svn:externals dari kotak kombo dan tulis dalam kotak edit url repositori dalam format nama url atau jika Anda ingin menetapkan revisi tertentu, nama -rREV url Anda bisa menambahkan multipel proyek eksternal, 1 per baris. Catatan bahwa URL harus diberi escape dengan benar atau tidak akan bekerja dengan baik. Sebagai contoh Anda harus menimpa setiap ruang dengan %20. Catatan bahwa tidak mungkin untuk menggunakan nama folder dengan ruang di dalamnya. Angap bahwa Anda sudah mengeset properti ini pada D:\\dev\\project1: \n
sounds http://sounds.red-bean.com/repos\n
quick_graphs http://graphics.red-bean.com/repos/fast%20graphics\n
skins/toolkit -r21 http://svn.red-bean.com/repos/skin-maker\n
Sekarang klik Set dan komit perubahan Anda. Ketika Anda (atau pengguna lain) memutahirkan copy pekerjaan Anda, Subversion akan membuat subfolder D:\\dev\\project1\\sounds dan melakukan checkout proyek sounds, subfolder lainnya D:\\dev\\project1\\quick graphs yang berisi proyek grafik, dan akhirnya subfolder bersarang D:\\dev\\project1\\skins\\toolkit yang berisi revisi 21 dari proyek skin-maker.
285 - Use explicit revision numbers 7237 Angka Revisi Global
286 - You should strongly consider using explicit revision numbers in all of your externals definitions, as described above. Doing so means that you get to decide when to pull down a different snapshot of external information, and exactly which snapshot to pull. Besides the common sense aspect of not being surprised by changes to third-party repositories that you might not have any control over, using explicit revision numbers also means that as you backdate your working copy to a previous revision, your externals definitions will also revert to the way they looked in that previous revision, which in turn means that the external working copies will be updated to match they way they looked back when your repository was at that previous revision. For software projects, this could be the difference between a successful and a failed build of an older snapshot of your complex code base. 7243 Anda harus benar-benar mempertimbangkan menggunakan angka revisi eksplisit dalam semua definisi eksternal Anda. Dengan melakukan itu berarti bahwa Anda bisa memutuskan untuk menarik snapshot berbeda dari informasi eksternal, dan memastikan snapshot mana yang ditarik. Disamping supaya Anda tidak dikejutkan oleh perubahan ke repositori pihak ketiga yang mungkin Anda tidak mempunyai kontrol atasnya, menggunakan angka revisi eksternal juga berarti bahwa ketika Anda mengembalikan copy pekerjaan Anda ke revisi sebelumnya, definisi eksternal Anda juga dipulihkan ke cara mereka dikunci dalam revisi sebelumnya itu, yang berarti bahwa copy pekerjaan eksternal akan dimutahirkan untuk menyamai cara mereka terlihat kembali ketika repositori Anda pada revisi sebelumnya itu. Untuk proyek software, ini bisa menjadi perbedaan antara pembangunan snapshot yang sukses dan gagal dari basis kode kompleks Anda.
287 - Older svn:externals definitions 7249 Gunakan svn:externals
288 - Relative to repository root 7294 Buat Repositori Disini
289 - External Files 7350 eksternal
290 - mark release 7391 Merah tua
291 - Subversion does not have special commands for branching or tagging, but uses so-called cheap copies instead. Cheap copies are similar to hard links in Unix, which means that instead of making a complete copy in the repository, an internal link is created, pointing to a specific tree/revision. As a result branches and tags are very quick to create, and take up almost no extra space in the repository. 7407 Subversion tidak mempunyai perintah khusus untuk pencabangan atau pembuatan tag, tapi sebaliknya menggunakan apa-yang-disebut copy murah. Copy murah mirip dengan link keras dalam Unix, yang berarti bahwa pembuatan copy lengkap dalam repositori, link internal dibuat, merujuk ke susunan/revisi tertentu. Alhasil, cabang dan tag sangat cepat untuk dibuat, dan mengambil hampir tidak ada ruang ekstra dalam repositori.
292 - Note that unless you opted to switch your working copy to the newly created branch, creating a Branch or Tag does not affect your working copy. Even if you create the branch from your WC, those changes are committed to the new branch, not to the trunk, so your WC may still be marked as modified with respect to the trunk. 7484 Catatan bahwa pembuatan Cabang atau Tag tidak mempengaruhi copy pekerjaan Anda. Bahkanjika Anda mengcopy ke WC, perubahan itu dikomit ke cabang baru, bukan ke trunk, dengan demikian WC Anda mungkin masih ditandai dmodifikasi.
293 - Other ways to create a branch or tag 7490 Membuat Cabang atau Tag
294 - ...that is (not really) the question. While a checkout downloads everything from the desired branch in the repository to your working directory, TortoiseSVNSwitch... only transfers the changed data to your working copy. Good for the network load, good for your patience. :-) 7518 ...itulah pertanyaannya (yang tidak sebenarnya). Sementara checkout memeriksa apapun dari cabang yang diinginkan ke dalam direktori copy pekerjaan Anda, TortoiseSVNTukar... hanya mentransfer data yang diubah ke copy pekerjaan Anda. Baik untuk beban jaringan, baik untuk kesabaran Anda. :-)
295 - If you want to work on trunk and branch, but don't want the expense of a fresh checkout, you can use Windows Explorer to make a copy of your trunk checkout in another folder, then TortoiseSVNSwitch... that copy to your new branch. 7544 Menukar copy pekerjaan Anda ke copy yang baru saja dibuat dalam repositori Anda. Sekali lagi pilih level atas folder dari proyek Anda dan gunakan TortoiseSVNTukar... dari menu konteks.
296 - To be able to work with your freshly generated branch or tag you have several ways to handle it. You can: 7555 Agar bisa bekerja dengan copy yang baru Anda mempunyai beberapa cara untuk menanganinya. Anda bisa:
297 - Tags are typically used to create a static snapshot of the project at a particular stage. As such they are not normally used for development - that's what branches are for, which is the reason we recommended the /trunk /branches /tags repository structure in the first place. Working on a tag revision is not a good idea, but because your local files are not write protected there is nothing to stop you doing this by mistake. However, if you try to commit to a path in the repository which contains /tags/, TortoiseSVN will warn you. 7561 Tag biasanya digunakan untuk membuat snapshot statik dari proyek pada tahap tertentu. Karena statik, mereka biasanya tidak digunakan untuk pengembangan - itulah kegunaan cabang, yang menjadi alasan kami merekomendasikan struktur repositori /trunk /branches /tags dalam tempat pertama. Bekerja pada revisi tag bukanlah ide yang baik, tapi karena file lokal Anda bisa ditulis, tidak ada yang menghentikan Anda melakukan ini karena kesalahan. Akan tetapi, jika Anda mencoba mengkomit ke path dalam repositori yang berisi /tags/, TortoiseSVN akan memperingatkan Anda.
298 - It is important to understand how branching and merging works in Subversion before you start using it, as it can become quite complex. It is highly recommended that you read the chapter Branching and Merging in the Subversion book, which gives a full description and many examples of how it is used. 7600 Adalah penting untuk mengerti bagaimana mencabangkan dan menggabung pekerjaan dalam Subversion sebelum Anda mulai menggunakannya, karena ini bisa menjadi sedikit rumit. Sangat direkomendasikan bahwa Anda sudah membaca bab Branching and Merging dalam buku Subversion, yang menyediakan penjelasan secara lengkap dan banyak contoh bagaimana penggunaannya.
299 - There are three common use cases for merging which are handled in slightly different ways, as described below. The first page of the merge wizard asks you to select the method you need. 7615 Ada dua penggunaan umum dalam hal menggabungkan yang ditangani dengan cara yang berbeda, seperti dijelaskan dibawah.
300 - Merge a range of revisions 7621 Menggabungkan Suatu Jangkauan Revisi
301 - This method covers the case when you have made a feature branch as discussed in the Subversion book. All trunk changes have been ported to the feature branch, week by week, and now the feature is complete you want to merge it back into the trunk. Because you have kept the feature branch synchronized with the trunk, the latest versions of branch and trunk will be absolutely identical except for your branch changes. 7641 Metode ini mencakup hal saat Anda sudah membuat fitur cabang seperti dijelaskan dalam buku Subversion. Semua perubahan trunk sudah dikirimkan ke fitur cabang, minggu demi minggu, dan sekarang fitur menjadi lengkap yang ingin Anda gabung kembali ke trunk. Karena Anda sudah memelihara fitur cabang disinkronisasi dengan trunk, versi terbaru dari cabang dan trunk akan benar-benar sama kecuali untuk perubahan cabang Anda. Maka dalam kasus khusus ini, Anda ingin menggabung dengan membandingkan cabang dengan trunk.
302 - Merge two different trees 7659 Menggabung Dua Pohon yang Berbeda
303 - revision range 7678 revisi
304 - In the From: field enter the full folder URL of the branch or tag containing the changes you want to port into your working copy. You may also click ... to browse the repository and find the desired branch. If you have merged from this branch before, then just use the drop down list which shows a history of previously used URLs. 7688 Dalam field Dari: masukkan url folder lengkap dari cabang atau tag yang berisi perubahan yang ingin Anda kirimkan ke dalam copy pekerjaan. Anda juga bisa mengklik ... untuk melihat repositori dan mencari cabang yang diinginkan. Jika Anda telah menggabung dari cabang ini sebelumnya, maka cukup gunakan daftar drop down yang menampilkan histori dari URL yang sebelumnya digunakan.
305 - The easiest way to select the range of revisions you need is to click on Show Log, as this will list recent changes with their log comments. If you want to merge the changes from a single revision, just select that revision. If you want to merge changes from several revisions, then select that range (using the usual Shift-modifier). Click on OK and the list of revision numbers to merge will be filled in for you. 7718 Cara termudah untuk memilih jangkauan revisi yang Anda perlukan adalah mengklik Show Log, karena ini akan mendaftarkan perubahan terakhir dengan komentar lognya. Jika Anda ingin menggabung perubahan dari revisi tunggal, cukup pilih revisi itu. Jika Anda ingin menggabung perubahan dari beberapa revisi, lalu pilih jangkauan itu (menggunakan Shift-modifier biasa). Klik OK dan angka revisi Dari revisi dan Ke revisi dalam dialog Gabungan keduanya akan diisi untuk Anda.
306 - If you have already merged some changes from this branch, hopefully you will have made a note of the last revision merged in the log message when you committed the change. In that case, you can use Show Log for the Working Copy to trace that log message. Remembering that we are thinking of revisions as changesets, you should Use the revision after the end point of the last merge as the start point for this merge. For example, if you have merged revisions 37 to 39 last time, then the start point for this merge should be revision 40. 7728 Jika Anda sudah mempunyai gabungan beberapa perubahan dari cabang ini, dengan harapan Anda sudah membuat catatan dari revisi terakhir yang digabung dalam pesan log ketika Anda mengkomit perubahan. Dalam hal itu, Anda bisa menggunakan Tampilkan Log untuk Copy Pekerjaan melacak pesan log itu. Gunakan titik akhir dari penggabungan terakhir seperti titik awal untuk penggabungan ini. Sebagai contoh, jika Anda sudah menggabung revisi 37 ke 39 terakhir kali, maka titik awal untuk penggabungan ini seharusnya revisi 39.
307 - reintegrate 7747 Integrasi Shell
308 - In the From URL: field enter the full folder URL of the branch that you want to merge back. You may also click ... to browse the repository. 7761 Dalam field Dari: masukkan url folder lengkap dari trunk. Ini terdengar salah, tapi ingat bahwa trunk adalah titik awal dimana perubahan cabang ingin Anda tambahkan. Anda juga bisa mengklik ... untuk melihat repositori.
309 - In the From: field enter the full folder URL of the trunk. This may sound wrong, but remember that the trunk is the start point to which you want to add the branch changes. You may also click ... to browse the repository. 7788 Dalam field Dari: masukkan url folder lengkap dari trunk. Ini terdengar salah, tapi ingat bahwa trunk adalah titik awal dimana perubahan cabang ingin Anda tambahkan. Anda juga bisa mengklik ... untuk melihat repositori.
310 - In the To: field enter the full folder URL of the feature branch. 7794 Dalam field Ke: masukkan url folder dari fitur cabang.
311 - You can also use Show Log to select the revision. 7805 Klik OK untuk menyelesaikan penggabungan.
312 - Merge Options 7811 piranti merge
313 - Most of the time you want merge to take account of the file's history, so that changes relative to a common ancestor are merged. Sometimes you may need to merge files which are perhaps related, but not in your repository. For example you may have imported versions 1 and 2 of a third party library into two separate directories. Although they are logically related, Subversion has no knowledge of this because it only sees the tarballs you imported. If you attempt to merge the difference between these two trees you would see a complete removal followed by a complete add. To make Subversion use only path-based differences rather than history-based differences, check the Ignore ancestry box. Read more about this topic in the Subversion book, Noticing or Ignoring Ancestry 7825 Biasanya Anda ingin gabungan menjadi perhatian histori file, maka perubahan itu relatif ke asal yang umum digabung. Kadang kala Anda mungkin perlu untuk menggabung file yang mungkin terkait, tapi tidak dalam repositori Anda. Sebagai contoh Anda mungkin telah mengimpor versi 1 dan 2 dari librari pihak ketiga ke dalam direktori terpisah. Meskipun secara logika terkait, Subversion tidak mengetahui ini karena ia hanya melihat tarballs yang Anda impor. Jika Anda mencoba untuk menggabung perbedaan antara dua susunan ini Anda akan melihat penghapusan lengkap diikuti dengan penambahan lengkap. Agar Subversion hanya menggunakan perbedaan berbasis-path daripada perbedaan berbasis-histori, centang kotak Abaikan asal. Baca selengkapnya topik ini dalam buku Subversion, Noticing or Ignoring Ancestry
314 - Now everything is set up, all you have to do is click on the Merge button. If you want to preview the results Test Merge performs the merge operation, but does not modify the working copy at all. It shows you a list of the files that will be changed by a real merge, and notes those areas where conflicts will occur. 7843 Dry Run melakukan operasi penggabungan, tapi tidak mengubah copy pekerjaan sama sekali. Ia memperlihatkan kepada Anda daftar dari file yang akan diubah dengan penggabungan nyata, dan mencatat area itu ketika konflik terjadi.
315 - Reviewing the Merge Results 7853 Meninjau Hasil Gabungan
316 - For Subversion clients and servers prior to 1.5, no merge information is stored and merged revisions have to be tracked manually. When you have tested the changes and come to commit this revision, your commit log message should always include the revision numbers which have been ported in the merge. If you want to apply another merge at a later time you will need to know what you have already merged, as you do not want to port a change more than once. For more information about this, refer to Best Practices for Merging in the Subversion book. 7863 Ketika Anda sudah menguji perubahan dan mengkomit revisi ini, pesan log komit Anda akan selalu menyertakan angka revisi yang sudah dikirimkan dalam gabungan. Jika Anda ingin menerapkan gabungan lain waktu Anda akan memerlukan untuk mengetahui apa yang sudah Anda gabung, karena Anda tidak ingin mengirimkan perubahan lebih dari sekali. Sayangnya informasi gabungan tidak disimpan oleh Subversion. Untuk informasi lebih jauh mengenai ini, lihat Best Practices for Merging dalam buku Subversion.
317 - If you have just merged a feature branch back into the trunk, the trunk now contains all the new feature code, and the branch is obsolete. You can now delete it from the repository if required. 7878 Dalam hal ini Anda tidak memerlukan fitur cabang lagi karena fitur baru sekarang terintegrasi ke dalam trunk. Fitur cabang berlebihan dan bisa dihapus dari repositori bila diperlukan.
318 - Subversion can't merge a file with a folder and vice versa - only folders to folders and files to files. If you click on a file and open up the merge dialog, then you have to give a path to a file in that dialog. If you select a folder and bring up the dialog, then you must specify a folder URL for the merge. 7884 Subversion tidak bisa menggabung file dengan folder dan sebaliknya - hanya folder dengan folder dan file dengan file. Jika Anda mengklik pada file dan membuka dialog gabung, maka Anda hrus memberikan path ke file dalam dialog itu. Jika Anda memilih folder dan muncul dialog, maka Anda harus menetapkan url folder untuk digabung.
319 - Merge Tracking 7890 Penggabungan
320 - merge tracking 7896 bugtracking
321 - Find out more about merge tracking from Subversion's Merge tracking documentation. 7930 Download versi terbaru Subversion dari http://subversion.apache.org/getting.html.
322 - merge conflicts 7940 konflik
323 - The Merge Conflict Callback Dialog 7946 Dialog Penggabungan
324 - When a conflict occurs during the merge, you have three ways to handle it. 7968 Sekarang Anda harus memilih sumber yang dicopy. Disini Anda mempunyai tiga opsi:
325 - merge reintegrate 7982 Integrasi Shell
326 - The Merge reintegrate Dialog 7988 Dialog Penggabungan
327 - Your company has always used a locking revision control system in the past and there has been a management decision that locking is best. 8033 Perusahaan Anda selalu menggunakan penguncian VCS di masa lalu dan sudah menjadi keputusan manajemen bahwa penguncian adalah yang terbaik.
328 - Firstly you need to ensure that your Subversion server is upgraded to at least version 1.2. Earlier versions do not support locking at all. If you are using file:// access, then of course only your client needs to be updated. 8044 Pertama Anda perlu memastikan server Subversion Anda dinaikan ke setidaknya versi 1.2. Versi sebelumnya tidak mendukung penguncian sama sekali. Jika Anda menggunakan akses file:///, maka tentunya hanya klien Anda yang perlu dimutahirkan.
329 - If you select a folder and then use TortoiseSVNGet Lock... the lock dialog will open with every file in every sub-folder selected for locking. If you really want to lock an entire hierarchy, that is the way to do it, but you could become very unpopular with your co-workers if you lock them out of the whole project. Use with care ... 8100 Jika Anda memilih folder dan kemudian menggunakan TortoiseSVNDapatkan Kunci... dialog penguncian akan dibuka dengan setiap file dalam setiap subfolder yang dipilih untuk penguncian. Jika Anda benar-benar ingin mengunci seluruh hirarki, itulah cara melakukannya, tapi Anda akan menjadi sangat tidak populer dengan teman kerja Anda jika Anda mengunci keseluruhan proyek. Gunakan dengan hati-hati ...
330 - If you operate a policy where every file has to be locked then you may find it easier to use Subversion's auto-props feature to set the property automatically every time you add new files. Read for further information. 8161 Jika Anda mengoperasikan aturan dimana setiap file harus dikunci lalu Anda bisa menemukannya lebih mudah untuk menggunakan fitur auto-props Subversion untuk mengeset properti secara otomatis setiap kali Anda menambah file. Baca selengkapnya .
331 - unified diff 8202 Peninjau Unified Diff
332 - Patch files are applied to your working copy. This should be done from the same folder level as was used to create the patch. If you are not sure what this is, just look at the first line of the patch file. For example, if the first file being worked on was doc/source/english/chapter1.xml and the first line in the patch file is Index: english/chapter1.xml then you need to apply the patch to the doc/source/ folder. However, provided you are in the correct working copy, if you pick the wrong folder level, TortoiseSVN will notice and suggest the correct level. 8257 File patch diterapkan ke copy pekerjaan Anda. Ini harus dikerjakan dari tingkat folder yang sama seperti yang digunakan untuk membuat patch. Jika Anda tidak yakin apa ini, lihat baris pertama dari file patch. Sebagai contoh, jika file pertama bekerja pada doc/source/english/chapter1.xml dan baris pertama dalam patchfile adalah Index: english/chapter1.xml maka Anda perlu menerapkan patch ke folder english. Akan tetapi, Anda lengkapi dalam copy pekerjaan yang benar, jika Anda mengambil tingkat folder yang salah, TSVN akan memberitahu dan menyarankan tingkat yang benar.
333 - From the context menu for that folder, click on TortoiseSVNApply Patch... This will bring up a file open dialog allowing you to select the patch file to apply. By default only .patch or .diff files are shown, but you can opt for All files. If you previously saved a patch to the clipboard, you can use Open from clipboard... in the file open dialog. Note that this option only appears if you saved the patch to the clipboard using TortoiseSVNCreate Patch.... Copying a patch to the clipboard from another app will not make the button appear. 8268 Dari menu konteks untuk folder itu, klik pada TortoiseSVNTerapkan Patch... Ini akan membawa dialog buka file yang membolehkan Anda untuk memilih file patch untuk diterapkan. Standarnya hanya file .patch atau .diff yang ditampilkan, tapi Anda bisa memilih \"Semua file\". Jika Anda sebelumnya menyimpan suatu patch ke clipboard, Anda dapat menggunakan Buka dari clipboard dalam dialog buka file.
334 - When the mouse is over the blame info columns, a context menu is available which helps with comparing revisions and examining history, using the revision number of the line under the mouse as a reference. Context menuBlame previous revision generates a blame report for the same file, but using the previous revision as the upper limit. This gives you the blame report for the state of the file just before the line you are looking at was last changed. Context menuShow changes starts your diff viewer, showing you what changed in the referenced revision. Context menuShow log displays the revision log dialog starting with the referenced revision. 8382 Jika kursor tetikus di atas kolom-kolom info blame, sebuah menu konteks tersedia untuk menolong membandingkan revisi-revisi dan meneliti sejarah dengan menggunakan nomor revisi dari baris yang di bawah kursor tetikus sebagai suatu referensi. Menu konteksBlame revisi sebelumnya membangkitkan sebuah laporan blame untuk file yang sama, tetapi menggunakan revisi sebelumnya sebagai limit atas. Ini memberikan Anda laporan blame untuk keadaan file tersebut tepat sebelum baris yang sedang Anda lihat terakhir kali diubah. Menu konteksPerlihatkan perbedaan memulai pelihat diff Anda, memperlihatkan Anda apa yang berubah dalam revisi yang dirujuk. Menu konteksTampilkan log menampilkan dialog log revisi dimulai dengan revisi yang dirujuk.
335 - If you want to see the paths involved in the merge, select ViewMerge paths. 8396 Dalam copy pekerjaan Anda pilih TortoiseSVNGabung.
336 - The settings for TortoiseBlame can be accessed using TortoiseSVNSettings... on the TortoiseBlame tab. Refer to . 8402 Memindahkan/Mengcopy satu file bisa dilakukan dengan menggunakan TortoiseSVNGanti nama.... Tapi jika Anda ingin memindahkan/mengcopy banyak file, cara ini terlalu lambat dan terlalu banyak pekerjaan.
337 - Blame Changes 8428 Memulihkan Perubahan
338 - Select one revision in the top pane, then pick one file in the bottom pane and select Context menuBlame changes. This will fetch the blame data for the selected revision and the previous revision, then use the diff viewer to compare the two blame files. 8434 Pilih satu revisi dalam pane atas, lalu ambil satu file dalam pane bawah dan pilih Menu KonteksPerbedaan Blame. Ini akan mengambil data blame untuk revisi yang dipilih dan revisi sebelumnya, lalu gunakan peninjau diff untuk membandingkan dua file blame.
339 - repo-browser 8461 repobrowser
340 - server viewer 8472 repoviewer
341 - Save an unversioned copy of the file to your hard drive. 8491 buat folder kosong baru pada hard disk Anda
342 - Create a new folder in the repository. 8533 Item yang ditambahkan ke repositori.
343 - Add files or folders directly to the repository. 8539 Item yang ditambahkan ke repositori.
344 - View/Edit the folder's properties. 8553 Properti Folder Khusus
345 - Compare the folder with a previously marked folder, either as a unified diff, or as a list of changed files which can then be visually diffed using the default diff tool. This can be particularly useful for comparing two tags, or trunk and branch to see what changed. 8563 Jika Anda memilih dua item, Anda bisa melihat perbedaan baik sebagai unified-diff, ataupun sebagai daftar file yang bisa di-diff secara visual menggunakan piranti diff standar. Ini bisa berguna untuk membandingkan dua tag untuk melihat apa yang berubah.
346 - If you select two folders in the right pane, you can view the differences either as a unified-diff, or as a list of files which can be visually diffed using the default diff tool. 8573 Jika Anda memilih dua item, Anda bisa melihat perbedaan baik sebagai unified-diff, ataupun sebagai daftar file yang bisa di-diff secara visual menggunakan piranti diff standar. Ini bisa berguna untuk membandingkan dua tag untuk melihat apa yang berubah.
347 - You can also use the repository browser for drag-and-drop operations. If you drag a folder from explorer into the repo-browser, it will be imported into the repository. Note that if you drag multiple items, they will be imported in separate commits. 8592 Anda juga bisa menggunakan browser repositori untuk operasi drag-dan-drop. Jika Anda men-drag folder dari explorer kedalam repo browser, ia akan diimpor ke dalam repositori. Catatan bahwa jika Anda men-drag multipel item, mereka akan diimpor dalam komit yang terpisah.
348 - If you want to move an item within the repository, just left drag it to the new location. If you want to create a copy rather than moving the item, Ctrl-left drag instead. When copying, the cursor has a plus symbol on it, just as it does in Explorer. 8598 Jika Anda ingin memindahkan item didalam repositori, cukup drag kiri ke lokasi baru. Jika Anda ingin membuat copy daripada memindahkan item, sebaliknya Ctrl drag kiri. Ketika mengcopy, kursor mempunyai simbol plus didalamnya, seperti halnya Explorer.
349 - If you want to copy/move a file or folder to another location and also give it a new name at the same time, you can right drag or Ctrl-right drag the item instead of using left drag. In that case, a rename dialog is shown where you can enter a new name for the file or folder. 8604 Jika Anda ingin mengcopy/memindahkan file atau folder ke lokasi lain dan juga memberikan nama baru pada waktu yang sama, Anda bisa men-drag kanan atau ctrl drag kanan item daripada menggunakan drag kiri. Dalam hal itu, dialog ganti nama ditampilkan dimana Anda bisa memasukan nama baru untuk file atau folder.
350 - Sometimes when you try to open a path you will get an error message in place of the item details. This might happen if you specified an invalid URL, or if you don't have access permission, or if there is some other server problem. If you need to copy this message to include it in an email, just right click on it and use Context MenuCopy error message to clipboard, or simply use Ctrl+C. 8615 Ada kalanya ketika Anda mencoba untuk membuka path Anda akan mendapatkan pesan kesalahan dari detil item. Ini mungkin terjadi jika Anda menetapkan URL yang tidak benar, atau jika Anda tidak mempunyai perijinan akses, atau jika ada beberapa masalah server lain. Jika Anda perlu untuk mengcopy pesan ini untuk disertakan dalam email, klik kanan padanya dan gunakan Menu KonteksCopy pesan kesalahan ke clipboard, atau cukup gunakan CTRL+C.
351 - revision graph 8631 Grafik Revisi
352 - In order to generate the graph, TortoiseSVN must fetch all log messages from the repository root. Needless to say this can take several minutes even with a repository of a few thousand revisions, depending on server speed, network bandwidth, etc. If you try this with something like the Apache project which currently has over 500,000 revisions you could be waiting for some time. 8652 Agar bisa membuat grafik, TortoiseSVN harus mengambil semua pesan log dari akar repositori. Ini bisa menghabiskan waktu beberapa menit bahkan dengan repositori dari beberapa ribuan revisi, tergantung pada kecepatan server, bandwidth jaringan, dll. Jika Anda mencoba ini dengen sesuatu seperti proyek Apache yang saat ini mempunyai lebih dari 300,000 revisi Anda bisa menunggunya untuk beberapa waktu.
353 - Revision Graph Nodes 8662 Grafik Revisi
354 - Deleted items 8676 Node dihapus
355 - Deleted items eg. a branch which is no longer required, are shown using an octagon (rectangle with corners cut off). The default colour is red. 8682 Item-item yang dihapus seperti cabang yang tidak lagi diperlukan, ditampilkan menggunakan oktagon (kotak dengan sudut dipotong).
356 - Renamed items 8688 ganti nama berkas
357 - Working copy revision 8707 Melakukan Checkout Copy Pekerjaan
358 - Modified working copy 8717 copy pekerjaan
359 - Normal item 8727 File/folder normal
360 - Note that by default the graph only shows the points at which items were added, copied or deleted. Showing every revision of a project will generate a very large graph for non-trivial cases. If you really want to see all revisions where changes were made, there is an option to do this in the View menu and on the toolbar. 8742 Grafik revisi menampilkan beberapa tipe node: Catatan bahwa standarnya hanya grafik yang menampilkan item yang mana yang ditambahkan atau dihapus. Menampilkan setiap revisi proyek akan membuat grafik besar untuk kasus non-trivial. Jika Anda benar-benar ingin melihat semua revisi dimana perubahan sudah dibuat, ada opsi untuk melakukan ini dalam menu Lihat dan pada toolbar.
361 - Group branches 8756 cabang
362 - Show all revisions 8802 Tampilkan revisi-revisi HEAD
363 - Show WC revision 8853 Tampilkan revisi-revisi HEAD
364 - Show WC modifications 8863 modifikasi
365 - Filter 8873 filter
366 - Sometimes the revision graph contains more revisions than you want to see. This option opens a dialog which allows you to restrict the range of revisions displayed, and to hide particular paths by name. 8878 Terkadang grafik revisi terlalu rinci dibandingkan dengan apa yang Anda butuhkan. LihatSaring membuka suatu dialog yang memungkinkan Anda membatasi rentang revisi yang ditampilkan dan untuk menyembunyikan path-path tertentu menurut nama.
367 - Using the Graph 8904 Grafik Revisi
368 - If you select two revisions (Use Ctrl-left click), you can use the context menu to show the differences between these revisions. You can choose to show differences as at the branch creation points, but usually you will want to show the differences at the branch end points, i.e. at the HEAD revision. 8919 Jika Anda memilih dua revisi (Gunakan Ctrl klik kiri), Anda bisa menggunakan menu konteks untuk menampilkan perbedaan antara revisi ini. Anda bisa memilih untuk menampilkan perbedaan sebagai titik pembuatan cabang, tapi biasanya Anda ingin menampilkan perbedaan di titik akhir cabang, seperti di revisi HEAD.
369 - Learn to Read the Revision Graph 8939 Grafik Revisi
370 - unversioned 'working copy' 8999 Gunakan copy pekerjaan berulang
371 - Exporting single files 9039 Properti Subversion
372 - Exporting a Change Tree 9053 Properti Subversion
373 - Removing a working copy from version control 9063 Menghapus file dalam dari kontrol versi.
374 - repository URL changed 9098 URL Repositori
375 - server moved 9104 hilangkan
376 - moved server 9110 server proxy
377 - If your repository has for some reason changed it's location (IP/URL). Maybe you're even stuck and can't commit and you don't want to checkout your working copy again from the new location and to move all your changed data back into the new working copy, TortoiseSVNRelocate is the command you are looking for. It basically does very little: it scans all entries files in the .svn folder and changes the URL of the entries to the new value. 9121 Jika repositori Anda, untuk beberapa alasan, mengubah lokasinya (IP/URL). Mungkin Anda macet dan tidak bisa mengkomit dan Anda tidak ingin melakukan checkout copy pekerjaan Anda lagi dari lokasi baru dan memindahkan semua data kembali ke dalam copy pekerjaan baru, TortoiseSVNRelokasi adalah perintah yang Anda cari. Dasarnya sangat sederhana: ia memindai semua file \"entri\" dalam folder .svn dan mengubah URL dari entri ke nilai baru.
378 - Integration with Bug Tracking Systems / Issue Trackers 9171 Integrasi dengan Sistem Bugtracking / Pelacak Isu
379 - bug tracking 9177 bugtracking
380 - bug tracker 9183 pelacakbug
381 - issue tracker 9190 pelacakisu
382 - Adding Issue Numbers to Log Messages 9226 Jumlah pesan log bawaan
383 - You can integrate a bug tracking tool of your choice in TortoiseSVN. To do this, you have to define some properties, which start with bugtraq:. They must be set on Folders: () 9232 Anda bisa mengintegrasikan Piranti Bugtracking pilihan Anda dalam TortoiseSVN. Untuk melakukan ini, Anda harus mendefinisikan beberapa properti, yang dimulai dengan bugtraq:. Ini harus di-set pada Folder: ()
384 - Set this property to the URL of your bug tracking tool. It must be properly URI encoded and it has to contain %BUGID%. %BUGID% is replaced with the Issue number you entered. This allows TortoiseSVN to display a link in the log dialog, so when you are looking at the revision log you can jump directly to your bug tracking tool. You do not have to provide this property, but then TortoiseSVN shows only the issue number and not the link to it. e.g the TortoiseSVN project is using http://issues.tortoisesvn.net/?do=details&amp;id=%BUGID% 9238 Set properti ini ke url dari piranti bugtracking Anda. Ini harus dikode-URI-kan dengan benar dan harus berisi %BUGID%. %BUGID% diganti dengan Issuenumber yang Anda masukan. Ini membolehkan TortoiseSVN untuk menampilkan link dalam dialog log, Dengan demikian saat Anda mencari pada log revisi Anda bisa melompat secara langsung ke piranti bugtracking Anda. Anda tidak harus melengkapi properti ini, tapi TortoiseSVN menampilkan hanya issuenumber dan tidak membuat link kepadanya. contoh proyek TortoiseSVN menggunakan http://issues.tortoisesvn.net/?do=details&amp;id=%BUGID%
385 - Set this to true, if you want TortoiseSVN to warn you because of an empty issue-number text field. Valid values are true/false. If not defined, false is assumed. 9256 Set ini menjadi true, jika Anda ingin TortoiseSVN memperingatkan Anda karena kotak teks issuenumber kosong. Nilai yang benar adalah true/false. Jika tidak didefinisikan, dianggap false.
386 - There are two ways to integrate TortoiseSVN with issue trackers. One is based on simple strings, the other is based on regular expressions. The properties used by both approaches are: 9262 Ada dua cara untuk mengintegrasikan TortoiseSVN dengan pelacak isu. Pertama berdasarkan string sederhana, kedua berdasarkan ekspresi regular. Properti yang digunakan oleh kedua pendekatan itu adalah:
387 - This property activates the bug tracking system in Input field mode. If this property is set, then TortoiseSVN will prompt you to enter an issue number when you commit your changes. It's used to add a line at the end of the log message. It must contain %BUGID%, which is replaced with the issue number on commit. This ensures that your commit log contains a reference to the issue number which is always in a consistent format and can be parsed by your bug tracking tool to associate the issue number with a particular commit. As an example you might use Issue : %BUGID%, but this depends on your Tool. 9272 Properti ini mengaktifkan Sistem Bugtracking dalam mode Field Input. Jika properti ini di-set, maka TortoiseSVN akan meminta Anda untuk memasukan nomor isu saat Anda mengkomit perubahan Anda. Ini digunakan untuk menambah baris di akhir dari log pesan . Ini harus berisi %BUGID%, yang diganti dengan issuenumber saat komit. Ini memastikan bahwa log komit Anda berisi referensi ke issuenumber yang selalu dalam format konsisten dan bisa diurai oleh piranti Bugtracking Anda untuk mengaitkan issuenumber dengan komit tertentu. contoh proyek the TortoiseSVN menggunakan Issue : %BUGID%, tapi ini tergantung pada Piranti Anda.
388 - This text is shown by TortoiseSVN on the commit dialog to label the edit box where you enter the issue number. If it's not set, Bug-ID / Issue-Nr: will be displayed. Keep in mind though that the window will not be resized to fit this label, so keep the size of the label below 20-25 characters. 9283 Teks ini ditampilkan oleh TortoiseSVN pada dialog komit ke label kotak edit dimana Anda memasukan issuenumber. Jika tidak di-set, Bug-ID / Issue-Nr: akan ditampilkan. Harap diingat meskipun jendela tidak akan dibesarkan ulang untuk memenuhi label ini, maka jaga ukuran label dibawah 20-25 karakter.
389 - If set to true only numbers are allowed in the issue-number text field. An exception is the comma, so you can comma separate several numbers. Valid values are true/false. If not defined, true is assumed. 9289 Jika di-set ke true hanya angka yang diizinkan dalam field teks issuenumber. Kekecualian adalah koma, maka Anda bisa memberi beberapa angka dipisahkan oleh koma. Nilai yang benar adalah true/false. Jika tidak didefinisikan, dianggap true.
390 - This property activates the bug tracking system in Regex mode. It contains either a single regular expressions, or two regular expressions separated by a newline. 9304 Properti ini mengaktifkan Sistem Bugtracking dalam mode Regex. Ini berisi satu atau dua ekspresi reguler, dipisahkan oleh baris baru.
391 - If you want to catch bug IDs as used in the expression above inside a log message, you could use the following regex strings, which are the ones used by the TortoiseSVN project: [Ii]ssues?:?(\\s*(,|and)?\\s*#\\d+)+ and (\\d+) 9314 Jika Anda ingin menangkap setiap pola \"issue #XXX\" dan \"issue #890, #789\" di dalam suatu log pesan, Anda bisa menggunakan string regex berikut: [Ii]ssue #?(\\d+)(,? ?#(\\d+))* dan ekspresi kedua seperti (\\d+)
392 - If only one expression is set, then the bare bug IDs must be matched in the groups of the regex string. Example: [Ii]ssue(?:s)? #?(\\d+) This method is required by a few issue trackers, e.g. trac, but it is harder to construct the regex. We recommend that you only use this method if your issue tracker documentation tells you to. 9328 Jika hanya satu ekspresi yang di-set, maka bug ID harus sama dengan yang ada dalam grup dari srting regex. Contoh: [Ii]ssue(?:s)? #?(\\d+)
393 - If you are unfamiliar with regular expressions, take a look at the introduction at http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression, and the online documentation and tutorial at http://www.regular-expressions.info/. 9334 Jika Anda tidak terbiasa dengan ekspresi reguler, lihat dokumentasi online dan tutorial di http://www.regular-expressions.info/.
394 - In the approach with regular expressions, TortoiseSVN doesn't show a separate input field but marks the part of the log message the user enters which is recognized by the issue tracker. This is done while the user writes the log message. This also means that the bug ID can be anywhere inside a log message! This method is much more flexible, and is the one used by the TortoiseSVN project itself. 9340 Dalam pendekatan dengan ekspresi reguler, TortoiseSVN tidak menampilkan field input terpisah tapi menandai bagian dari log pesan yang dimasukan pengguna yang dikenal oleh pelacak isu. Ini dikerjakan sementara pengguna menulis log pesan. Ini juga berarti bahwa bug ID bisa dimana saja di dalam log pesan! Metode ini lebih fleksibel, dan digunakan oleh proyek TortoiseSVN itu sendiri.
395 - These properties must be set on folders for the system to work. When you commit a file or folder the properties are read from that folder. If the properties are not found there, TortoiseSVN will search upwards through the folder tree to find them until it comes to an unversioned folder, or the tree root (eg. C:\\) is found. If you can be sure that each user checks out only from e.g trunk/ and not some sub-folder, then it's enough if you set the properties on trunk/. If you can't be sure, you should set the properties recursively on each sub-folder. A property setting deeper in the project hierarchy overrides settings on higher levels (closer to trunk/). 9367 Properti ini harus di-set pada folder agar sistem bekerja. Ketika Anda komit file atau folder, properti dibaca dari folder itu. Jika properti tidak ditemukan disana, TortoiseSVN akan mencari diatasnya melalui susunan folder untuk menemukannya sampai ke folder tidak berversi, atau akar susunan (contoh. C:\\) ditemukan. Jika Anda memastikan bahwa pengguna memeriksa hanya dari contoh trunk/ dan bukan beberapa subfolder, maka itu cukup jika Anda mengeset properti pada trunk/. Jika Anda tidak yakin, Anda harus mengeset properti secara rekursif pada setiap subfolder. Seting properti lebih dalam dalam hirarki proyek menimpa seting pada tingkat lebih tinggi (lebih dekat ke trunk/).
396 - This issue tracker integration is not restricted to TortoiseSVN; it can be used with any Subversion client. For more information, read the full Issue Tracker Integration Specification in the TortoiseSVN source repository. ( explains how to access the repository). 9381 Integrasi pelacak isu ini tidak terbatas pada TortoiseSVN; ia bisa digunakan dengan setiap klien Subversion. Untuk informasi lebih jauh, baca Spesifikasi Integrgasi Issuetracker secar lengkap .
397 - web view 9410 webview
398 - repo viewer 9416 repoviewer
399 - You can integrate a repo viewer of your choice in TortoiseSVN. To do this, you have to define some properties which define the linkage. They must be set on Folders: () 9435 Anda dapat menggabungkan suatu pelihat repo kesukaan Anda dalam TortoiseSVN. Untuk melakukannya, Anda harus menentukan beberapa properti yang menentukan hubungannya. Mereka harus diatur pada Folder ()
400 - Set this property to the URL of your repo viewer to view all changes in a specific revision. It must be properly URI encoded and it has to contain %REVISION%. %REVISION% is replaced with the revision number in question. This allows TortoiseSVN to display a context menu entry in the log dialog Context MenuView revision in webviewer 9440 Atur properti ini ke url dari pelihatrepo untuk melihat semua perubahan dalam suatu revisi spesifik. Ini harus dienkode URI secara benar dan harus mengandung %REVISION%. %REVISION% akan diganti dengan nomor revisi yang diminta. Hal ini memungkinkan TortoiseSVN menampilkan entri menu konteks pada dialog log Menu KonteksLihat revisi dalam pelihatweb
401 - Set this property to the URL of your repo viewer to view changes to a specific file in a specific revision. It must be properly URI encoded and it has to contain %REVISION% and %PATH%. %PATH% is replaced with the path relative to the repository root. This allows TortoiseSVN to display a context menu entry in the log dialog Context MenuView revision and path in webviewer For example, if you right-click in the log dialog bottom pane on a file entry /trunk/src/file then the %PATH% in the URL will be replaced with /trunk/src/file. 9445 Atur properti ini ke url dari pelihatrepo Anda untuk melihat perubahan-perubahan dari suatu file spesifik dalam suatu revisi spesifik. Url itu harus dienkode URI dengan benar dan harus mengandung %REVISION% dan %PATH%. %PATH% diganti dengan path yang relatif terhadap akar repositori. Hal ini memungkinkan TortoiseSVN untuk menampilkan suatu entri konteks menu dalam log dialog Konteks MenuLihat revisi dan path dalam pelihatweb Sebagai contoh, jika Anda mengklik-kanan dalam pane bawah dari log dialog pada suatu entri file /trunk/src/file kemudian %PATH% dalam url tersebut akan diganti dengan /trunk/src/file.
402 - No Repo Viewer Links from Repository Browser 9455 Browser Repositori
403 - Global ignore patterns are used to prevent unversioned files from showing up e.g. in the commit dialog. Files matching the patterns are also ignored by an import. Ignore files or directories by typing in the names or extensions. Patterns are separated by spaces e.g. bin obj *.bak *.~?? *.jar *.[Tt]mp. These patterns should not include any path separators. Note also that there is no way to differentiate between files and directories. Read for more information on the pattern-matching syntax. 9560 Pola abaikan global digunakan untuk menjaga file tidak berversi muncul contoh dalam dialog komit. File yang cocok dengan pola juga diabaikan oleh impor. Abaikan file atau direktori dengan mengetikkan nama atau ekstensi. Pola dipisahkan dengan spasi contoh. */bin */obj *.bak *.~?? *.jar *.[Tt]mp. Ingat bahwa pola-pola ini juga boleh digunakan untuk path-path yang termasuk tingkat-tingkat N dari direktori orang tua. Mengatur pola-pola abaikan untuk apa saja selain ekstensi-ekstensi file sederhana tidak sesederhana yang tampak pertama kali, jadi pastikan Anda membaca untuk informasi lebih lanjut dalam sintaks pencocokan pola dan bagaimana path-path diperiksa.
404 - Set file dates to the last commit time 9581 Set tanggal file ke \"waktu komit terakhir\"
405 - This option tells TortoiseSVN to set the file dates to the last commit time when doing a checkout or an update. Otherwise TortoiseSVN will use the current date. If you are developing software it is generally best to use the current date because build systems normally look at the date stamps to decide which files need compiling. If you use last commit time and revert to an older file revision, your project may not compile as you expect it to. 9587 Opsi ini memberitahu TortoiseSVN untuk mengeset tanggal file ke waktu komit terakhir saat melakukan checkout atau pemutahiran. Sebaliknya TortoiseSVN akan menggunakan tanggal saat ini. Jika Anda mengembangkan software biasanya cara terbaik untuk menggunakan tanggal saat ini karena sistem pembuatan umumnya melihat ke cap tanggal untuk memutuskan file mana yang perlu dikompilasi. Jika Anda menggunakan \"waktu komit terakhir\" dan memulihkan ke revisi file lebih lama, proyek Anda mungkin tidak dikompilasi seperti yang Anda harapkan.
406 - Use Edit to edit the Subversion configuration file directly. Some settings cannot be modified directly by TortoiseSVN, and need to be set here instead. For more information about the Subversion config file see the Runtime Configuration Area. The section on Automatic Property Setting is of particular interest, and that is configured here. Note that Subversion can read configuration information from several places, and you need to know which one takes priority. Refer to Configuration and the Windows Registry to find out more. 9598 Gunakan Edit untuk mengedit file konfigurasi Subversion secara langsung. Beberapa seting tidak bisa dimodifikasi secara langsung oleh TortoiseSVN, dan sebaliknya perlu di-set disini. Untuk informasi lebih jauh mengenai file konfig Subversion lihat Runtime Configuration Area. Bagian Automatic Property Setting adalah bagian yang menarik, dan itulah yang dikonfigurasi disini. Catatan bahwa Subversion bisa membaca informasi konfigurasi dari beberapa tempat, dan Anda perlu mengetahui yang mana yang menjadi prioritas. Lihat Configuration and the Windows Registry untuk lebih jelasnya.
407 - Use _svn instead of .svn directories 9604 Gunakan direktori \"_svn\" daripada \".svn\"
408 - Context Menu Settings 9625 Menu Konteks
409 - The Settings Dialog, Context Menu Page 9631 HDialog Seting, Halaman Set Ikon
410 - Limits the number of log messages that TortoiseSVN fetches when you first select TortoiseSVNShow Log Useful for slow server connections. You can always use Show All or Next 100 to get more messages. 9670 Batasi jumlah pesan log yang diambil TortoiseSVN saat pertama Anda memilih TortoiseSVNTampilkan Log Berguna untuk koneksi server lambat. Anda selalu bisa menggunakan Dapatkan Semua or 100 Berikutnya untuk mendapatkan pesan lebih.
411 - Use URL of WC as the default From: URL 9742 Gunakan URL WC sebagai URL \"Dari:\" bawaan
412 - Use auto-completion of file paths and keywords 9793 Gunakan otomatis pelengkapan dari path file dan kata kunci
413 - The commit dialog includes a facility to parse the list of filenames being committed. When you type the first 3 letters of an item in the list, the auto-completion box pops up, and you can press Enter to complete the filename. Check the box to enable this feature. 9799 Dialog komit menyertakan fasilitas untuk mengurai daftar nama file yang sedang dikomit. Bila Anda mengetikan 3 huruf pertama dari item dalam daftar, kotak otomatis pelengkapan muncul, dan Anda bisa menekan Enter untuk melengkapi nama file. Centang kotak untuk menghidupkan fitur ini.
414 - Timeout in seconds to stop the auto-completion parsing 9805 Waktu habis dalam detik untuk menghentikan penguraian otomatis pelengkapan
415 - The auto-completion parser can be quite slow if there are a lot of large files to check. This timeout stops the commit dialog being held up for too long. If you are missing important auto-completion information, you can extend the timeout. 9811 Pengurai otomatis pelengkapan bisa agak lambat jika banyak file besar untuk diperiksa. Waktu habis ini menghentikan dialog komit untuk menampung terlalu lama. Jika Anda kehilangan informasi otomatis pelengkapan penting, Anda bisa memperbesar waktu habis.
416 - Only use spellchecker when tsvn:projectlanguage is set 9817 Hanya gunakan pemeriksa ejaan saat tsvn:projectlanguage di-set
417 - When you type in a log message in the commit dialog, TortoiseSVN stores it for possible re-use later. By default it will keep the last 25 log messages for each repository, but you can customize that number here. If you have many different repositories, you may wish to reduce this to avoid filling your registry. 9833 TortoiseSVN menyimpan setidaknya 25 pesan log yang Anda masukan untuk setiap repositori. Anda bisa mengkustomisasi jumlah yang disimpan disini. Jika Anda mempunyai banyak repositori berbeda, Anda mungkin ingin mengurangi ini untuk menghindari pengisian registri Anda.
418 - Re-open commit and branch/tag dialog after a commit failed 9843 Buka-lagi dialog komit setelah komit gagal
419 - Select items automatically 9854 Urut item secara numerik
420 - Revision Graph Settings 10000 Grafik Revisi
421 - The Settings Dialog, Revision Graph Page 10006 Dialog Seting, Halaman Umum
422 - Modify Colors 10024 piranti diff
423 - Revision Graph Colors 10034 Grafik Revisi
424 - The Settings Dialog, Revision Graph Colors Page 10040 Dialog Seting, Halaman Warna
425 - Deleted Node 10050 Node dihapus
426 - Added Node 10060 Node ditambah
427 - Renamed Node 10070 Node diganti nama
428 - Modified Node 10080 Diubah / dicopy
429 - Unchanged Node 10090 Tidak berubah, dan saat ini
430 - HEAD node 10100 Node ditambah
431 - Current HEAD revision in the repository. 10106 Revisi HEAD dalam repositori
432 - Selected Node Markers 10152 Node dihapus
433 - The Settings Dialog, Icon Overlays Page 10175 HDialog Seting, Halaman Set Ikon
434 - This page allows you to choose the items for which TortoiseSVN will display icon overlays. 10181 Dialog ini membolehkan Anda untuk mengkonfigurasi warna teks yang digunakan dalam dialog TortoiseSVN dengan cara yang Anda sukai.
435 - By default, overlay icons and context menus will appear in all open/save dialogs as well as in Windows Explorer. If you want them to appear only in Windows Explorer, check the Show overlays and context menu only in explorer box. 10187 Standarnya, lapisan ikon akan muncul dalam semua dialog buka/simpan juga dalam Windows Explorer. Jika Anda menginginkan hanya ditampilkan dalam Windows Explorer, centang kotak Tampilkan lapisan ikon hanya dalam explorer.
436 - You can also choose to mark folders as modified if they contain unversioned items. This could be useful for reminding you that you have created new files which are not yet versioned. This option is only available when you use the default status cache option (see below). 10197 Jika Anda memilih opsi standar, Anda juga bisa memilih untuk menandai folder sebagai diubah jika mereka berisi item-item tidak berversi. Ini bisa berguna untuk mengingatkan Anda bahwa Anda sudah membuat file baru yang belum diberi versi.
437 - Caches all status information in a separate process (TSVNCache.exe). That process watches all drives for changes and fetches the status again if files inside a working copy get modified. The process runs with the least possible priority so other programs don't get hogged because of it. That also means that the status information is not real time but it can take a few seconds for the overlays to change. 10208 Cache semua informasi status dalam proses terpisah (TSVNCache.exe). Proses itu mengawasi semua drive atas perubahan dan mengambil status lagi jika file di dalam copy pekerjaan diubah. Proses berjalan dengan setidaknya kemungkinan prioritas agar program lain tidak macet karenanya. Itu juga berarti bahwa informasi status tidak realtime tapi bisa memerlukan beberapa detik agar lapisan berubah.
438 - Advantage: the overlays show the status recursively, i.e. if a file deep inside a working copy is modified, all folders up to the working copy root will also show the modified overlay. And since the process can send notifications to the shell, the overlays on the left tree view usually change too. 10214 Keuntungan: lapisan menampilkan status secara rekursif, contoh. jika kedalaman file di dalam copy pekerjaan diubah, semua folder sampai akar copy pekerjaan akan juga menampilkan lapisan yang diubah. Dan karena proses bisa mengirimkan pemberitahuan ke shell, lapisan pada treeview kiri biasanya berubah juga.
439 - Advantage: needs only very little memory (around 1 MB of RAM) and can show the status in real time. 10235 Keuntungan: hanya memerlukan sedikit memori (sekirar 1 MB dari RAM) dan bisa menampilkan status secara realtime.
440 - Disadvantage: Status information of files and folders is not shown in Explorer. To see if your working copies are modified, you have to use the Check for modifications dialog. 10261 Kerugian: Informasi status dari file dan folder yang ditampilkan dalam Explorer. Untuk melihat copy pekerjaan Anda dimodifikasi, Anda harus menggunakan dialog \"Periksa modifikasi\".
441 - Since it takes quite a while to fetch the status of a working copy, TortoiseSVN uses a cache to store the status so the explorer doesn't get hogged too much when showing the overlays. You can choose which type of cache TortoiseSVN should use according to your system and working copy size here: 10267 Karena ini memerlukan waktu tidak sedikit untuk mengambil status dari copy pekerjaan, TortoiseSVN menggunakan cache untuk menyimpan status agar explorer tidak berputar-putar terlalu lama ketika menampilkan lapisan. Anda bisa memilih tipe dari cache yang harus digunakan TortoiseSVN tergantung pada sistem Anda dan ukuran copy pekerjaan disini:
442 - The next group allows you to select which classes of storage should show overlays. By default, only hard drives are selected. You can even disable all icon overlays, but where's the fun in that? 10273 Halaman ini membolehkan Anda untuk memilih item dimana TortoiseSVN akan menampilkan lapisan ikon. Drive jaringan bisa lambat, karenanya ikon standar tidak ditampilkan untuk copy pekerjaan yang ditempatkan pada jaringan berbagi. Anda bahkan bisa mematikan semua lapisan ikon, tapi dimana letak kesenangannya?
443 - If you need to set up per-repository proxy settings, you will need to use the Subversion servers file to configure this. Use Edit to get there directly. Consult the Runtime Configuration Area for details on how to use this file. 10385 Disini Anda perlu menyiapkan seting proxy per-repositori, Anda akan perlu untuk menggunakan file server Subversion untuk mengkonfigurasinya. Gunakan Edit untuk [pergi kesana secara langsung. Lihat Runtime Configuration Area untuk perincian bagaimana menggunakan file ini.
444 - For example, with ExamDiff Pro: \n
C:\\Path-To\\ExamDiff.exe %base %mine --left_display_name:%bname\n
--right_display_name:%yname\n
or with KDiff3: \n
C:\\Path-To\\kdiff3.exe %base %mine --L1 %bname --L2 %yname\n
or with WinMerge: \n
C:\\Path-To\\WinMerge.exe -e -ub -dl %bname -dr %yname %base %mine\n
or with Araxis: \n
C:\\Path-To\\compare.exe /max /wait /title1:%bname /title2:%yname\n
%base %mine\n
or with UltraCompare: \n
C:\\Path-To\\uc.exe %base %mine -title1 %bname -title2 %yname\n
10477 Sebagai contoh, dengan ExamDiff Pro: \n
C:\\Path-To\\ExamDiff.exe %base %mine\n
atau dengan KDiff3: \n
C:\\Path-To\\kdiff3.exe %base %mine --L1 %bname --L2 %yname\n
atau dengan WinMerge: \n
C:\\Path-To\\WinMerge.exe -e -ub -dl %bname -dr %yname %base %mine\n
atau dengan Araxis: \n
C:\\Path-To\\compare.exe /max /wait /title1:%bname /title2:%yname\n
%base %mine\n
445 - If you use the svn:keywords property to expand keywords, and in particular the revision of a file, then there may be a difference between files which is purely due to the current value of the keyword. Also if you use svn:eol-style = native the BASE file will have pure LF line endings whereas your file will have CR-LF line endings. TortoiseSVN will normally hide these differences automatically by first parsing the BASE file to expand keywords and line endings before doing the diff operation. However, this can take a long time with large files. If Convert files when diffing against BASE is unchecked then TortoiseSVN will skip pre-processing the files. 10506 Jika Anda menggunakan properti svn:keywords melebarkan kata kunci, dan dalam file revisi tertentu, maka mungkin ada perbedaan antara file yang murni karena nilai saat ini dari kata kunci. Juga jika Anda menggunakan file BASE is purely due to the current value of the keyword. Also if you use svn:eol-style = native mempunyai akhir baris murni LF sedangkan file Anda mempunyai akhir baris CR-LF. TSVN biasanya akan menyembunyikan perbedaan ini secara otomatis saat pertama menguraikan file BASE untuk meluaskan kata kunci dan akhir baris sebelum melakukan operasi diff. Akan tetapi, ini bisa memerlukan waktu lama dengan file besar. Jika Ubah file saat men-diff terhadap BASE tidak dicentang maka TSVN akan melewatkan pre-pemrosesan file.
446 - If you have configured an alternate diff tool, you can access TortoiseMerge and the third party tool from the context menus. Context menuDiff uses the primary diff tool, and Shift+ Context menuDiff uses the secondary diff tool. 10516 Dari menu konteks pada dialog Anda bisa menampilkan diff dari perubahan. Periksalah perubahan lokal yang sudah Anda buat dengan menggunakan Menu KonteksBandingkan dengan Base. Periksa perubahan dalam repositori yang dibuat orang lain dengan menggunakan Menu KonteksTampilkan Perbedaan sebagai Unified Diff.
447 - For example, with Perforce Merge: \n
C:\\Path-To\\P4Merge.exe %base %theirs %mine %merged\n
or with KDiff3: \n
C:\\Path-To\\kdiff3.exe %base %mine %theirs -o %merged\n
--L1 %bname --L2 %yname --L3 %tname\n
or with Araxis: \n
C:\\Path-To\\compare.exe /max /wait /3 /title1:%tname /title2:%bname\n
/title3:%yname %theirs %base %mine %merged /a2\n
or with WinMerge (2.8 or later): \n
C:\\Path-To\\WinMerge.exe %merged\n
10562 Sebagai contoh, dengan Perforce Merge: \n
C:\\Path-To\\P4Merge.exe %base %theirs %mine %merged\n
atau dengan KDiff3: \n
C:\\Path-To\\kdiff3.exe %base %mine %theirs -o %merged\n
--L1 %bname --L2 %yname --L3 %tname\n
atau dengan Araxis: \n
C:\\Path-To\\compare.exe /max /wait /3 /title1:%tname /title2:%bname\n
/title3:%yname %theirs %base %mine %merged /a2\n
448 - In the advanced settings, you can define a different diff and merge program for every file extension. For instance you could associate Photoshop as the Diff Program for .jpg files :-) You can also associate the svn:mime-type property with a diff or merge program. 10598 Dalam seting lanjutan, Anda bisa mendefinisikan program diff dan merge berbeda untuk setiap ekstensi file. Misalnya Anda bisa mengaitkan Photoshop sebagai Program Diff untuk file .jpg :-) Anda juga dapat mengasosiasikan properti svn:mime-type dengan suatu program diff atau merge.
449 - To associate using a file extension, you need to specify the extension. Use .bmp to describe Windows bitmap files. To associate using the svn:mime-type property, specify the mime type, including a slash, for example text/xml. 10604 Untuk mengasosiasi dengan menggunakan suatu ekstensi file, Anda perlu untuk menetapkan ekstensinya saja, dengan didahului titik dan tidak dengan spek wildcard. Gunakan .BMP untuk menjelaskan file bitmap Windows, bukan*.BMP. Untuk mengasosiasi dengan menggunakan properti svn:mime-type, tentukan tipe mimenya, termasuk sebuah garis miring, contohnya text/xml.
450 - If you want to remove a single item from one of the combo boxes you can do that in-place. Just click on the arrow to drop the combo box down, move the mouse over the item you want to remove and type Shift+Del. 10649 Jika Anda ingin mencopot suatu item tunggal dari salah satu kotak kombo, Anda dapat melakukannya di tempat. Cukup klik pada anak panah untuk menjatuhkan kotak kombo ke bawah, geser tetikus di atas item yang Anda inginkan supaya dicopot dan ketik SHIFT+DELETE.
451 - If you want to clear authentication data for one particular server only, read for instructions on how to find the cached data. 10693 Jika Anda ingin membersihkan data auth hanya untuk server tertentu, baca untuk instruksi bagaimana menemukan cached data.
452 - log cache 10721 log pesan
453 - The Settings Dialog, Log Cache Page 10727 HDialog Seting, Halaman Set Ikon
454 - If the repository cannot be contacted 10765 Hubungi repositori saat mulai
455 - Cached Repositories 10811 Repositori
456 - Log Cache Statistics 10833 statistik
457 - The Settings Dialog, Log Cache Statistics 10839 Dialog Seting, Halaman Tampilan dan Rasa
458 - Connection 10861 Konfigurasi
459 - Last update 10871 Pos-mutahirkan
460 - The last time the cache content was changed. 10877 Alamat IP server sudah berubah.
461 - Authors 10891 Otorisasi
462 - Paths 10901 Patch
463 - Max revision 10919 revisi
464 - Revision count 10929 Revisi
465 - Client Side Hook Scripts 10943 Naskah Hook
466 - This dialog allows you to set up hook scripts which will be executed automatically when certain Subversion actions are performed. As opposed to the hook scripts explained in , these scripts are executed locally on the client. 10958 Dialog ini membolehkan Anda untuk menetapkan bahasa yang diinginkan, dan seting Subversion-tertentu.
467 - Called before the commit dialog is shown. You might want to use this if the hook modifies a versioned file and affects the list of files that need to be committed and/or commit message. However you should note that because the hook is called at an early stage, the full list of objects selected for commit is not available. 10986 Dipanggil sebelum dialog komit ditampilkan. Anda mungkin ingin untuk menggunakan ini jika hook mengubah suatu file berversi dan mempengaruhi daftar file yang perlu dikomit.
468 - Called after the user clicks OK in the commit dialog, and before the actual commit begins. This hook has a list of exactly what will be committed. 10997 Dipanggil setelah pengguna mengeklik OK di dalam dialog komit, dan sebelum komit yang sesungguhnya dimulai.
469 - The command line includes several parameters which get filled in by TortoiseSVN. The parameters passed depend upon which hook is called. Each hook has its own parameters which are passed in the following order: 11054 Baris perintah dapat mengandung beberapa parameter yang akan diisi oleh TortoiseSVN. Ketersediaan parameter-parameter tersebut tergantung pada hook mana yang dipanggil.
470 - Possible values are: 11092 Membuat repositori dalam
471 - The repository revision to which the update should be done or after a commit completes. 11101 Revisi repositori setelah suatu komit selesai.
472 - The meaning of each of these parameters is described here: 11114 Arti dari tiap variabel-variabel berikut dijelaskan di sini:
473 - Normally you will want to hide ugly DOS boxes when the script runs, so Hide the script while running is checked by default. 11127 Lazimnya Anda akan ingin untuk menyembunyikan kotak-kotak DOS yang jelek saat naskah-naskah dijalankan, jadi Sembunyikan naskah saat dijalankan tercawang secara bawaan. Untuk penelusuran kesalahan, Anda mungkin ingin untuk menonton apa yang terjadi dalam jendela DOS.
474 - The Settings Dialog, Issue Tracker Integration Page 11145 Dialog Seting, Halaman Umum
475 - TortoiseBlame Settings 11167 Seting TortoiseSVN
476 - The Settings Dialog, TortoiseBlame Page 11173 Dialog Seting, Halaman Warna
477 - A few infrequently used settings are available only by editing the registry directly. It goes without saying that you should only edit registry values if you know what you are doing. 11217 Beberapa seting yang jarang digunakan tersedia hanya dengan mengedit registri secara langsung.
478 - Cache tray icon 11228 Cache Ikon Tray
479 - Context Menu Icons 11247 Menu Konteks
480 - Block Overlay Status 11257 Seting Lapisan Ikon
481 - Update Check URL 11266 URL checkout bawaan
482 - Explorer columns everywhere 11284 Kolom Explorer
483 - VS.NET 2003 when used with web projects can't handle the .svn folders that Subversion uses to store its internal information. This is not a bug in Subversion. The bug is in VS.NET 2003 and the frontpage extensions it uses. 11341 VS.NET ketika digunakan dengan proyek web tidak bisa menangani folder .svn yang digunakan Subversion untuk menyimpan informasi internalnya. Ini bukan bug dalam Subversion. Bug ada dalam VS.NET dan ekstensi frontpage yang digunakannya.
484 - As of Version 1.3.0 of Subversion and TortoiseSVN, you can set the environment variable SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK. If that variable is set, then Subversion will use _svn folders instead of .svn folders. You must restart your shell for that environment variable to take effect. Normally that means rebooting your PC. To make this easier, you can now do this from the general settings page using a simple checkbox - refer to . 11351 Sejak Versi 1.3.0 dari Subversion dan TortoiseSVN, Anda bisa mengeset variabel lingkungan SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK. Jika variabel itu di-set, maka Subversion akan menggunakan folder _svn daripada folder .svn. Anda harus memulai lagi shell Anda untuk variabel env itu agar bekerja. Biasanya itu berarti me-reboot PC Anda. Untuk memudahkan ini, Anda sekarang bisa melakukan ini dari halaman seting umum menggunakan kotak centang sederhana - lihat .
485 - For more information, and other ways to avoid this problem in the first place, check out the article about this in our FAQ. 11357 Untuk informasi lebih jauh, dan cara lain untuk menghindari masalah ini, periksa artikel mengenai ini dalam FAQ.
486 - While working on TortoiseSVN we love to listen to music. And since we spend many hours on the project we need a lot of music. Therefore we have set up some wish-lists with our favourite music CDs and DVDs: http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/donate.html Please also have a look at the list of people who contributed to the project by sending in patches or translations. 11377 Ketika bekerja pada TortoiseSVN kami senang mendengarkan musik. Dan karena kami meluangkan banyak jam pada proyek kami memerlukan banyak musik. Oleh karena itu kami telah menyiapkan beberapa daftar-keinginan dengan CD dan DVD musik favorit kami: http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/donate.html Silahkan lihat daftar orang yang berkontribusi terhadap proyek dengan mengirimkan patch atau terjemahan.
487 - version number in files 11402 File konfigurasi Subversion
488 - If this switch is given, SubWCRev will exit with if the working copy contains local modifications. This may be used to prevent building with uncommitted changes present. 11471 Jika saklar ini diberikan, SubWCRev akan keluar dengan ERRORLEVEL 7 jika copy pekerjaan berisi modifikasi lokal. Ini bisa digunakan untuk menjaga pembangunan dengan perubahan yang ada tidak dikomit.
489 - If this switch is given, SubWCRev will exit with if the working copy contains mixed revisions. This may be used to prevent building with a partially updated working copy. 11481 Jika saklar ini diberikan, SubWCRev akan keluar dengan ERRORLEVEL 8 jika copy pekerjaan berisi revisi campuran. Ini bisa digunakan untuk mencegah pembangunan dengan copy pekerjaan yang dimutahirkan sebagian.
490 - If this switch is given, SubWCRev will exit with if the destination file already exists. 11491 Jika saklar ini diberikan, SubWCRev akan keluar dengan ERRORLEVEL 9 jika file tujuan sudah ada.
491 - svn:externals 11502 Gunakan svn:externals
492 - If this switch is given, SubWCRev will examine directories which are included with , but only if they are from the same repository. The default behaviour is to ignore externals. 11508 Jika saklar ini diberikan, SubWCRev akan memeriksa direktori yang disertakan dengan svn:externals, tapi hanya jika mereka dari repositori yang sama. Tindakan standarnya adalah mengabaikan eksternal.
493 - If this switch is given, SubWCRev will output the revision numbers in HEX. 11514 Jika saklar ini diberikan, SubWCRev akan keluar dengan ERRORLEVEL 9 jika file tujuan sudah ada.
494 - If this switch is given, SubWCRev will output the revision numbers in HEX, with '0X' prepended. 11520 Jika saklar ini diberikan, SubWCRev akan keluar dengan ERRORLEVEL 9 jika file tujuan sudah ada.
495 - online reference 11559 Perbedaan File
496 - Replaced with the current system date/time. This can be used to indicate the build time. Time formatting can be used as described for . 11576 Diganti dengan tanggal/jam sistem saat ini. Ini bisa digunakan untuk menunjukan waktu pembangunan. Format internasional digunakan seperti dijelaskan di atas.
497 - is replaced with if there are mixed update revisions, or if not. 11608 Diganti dengan TText jika ada revisi pemutahiran campuran, atau FText jika tidak.
498 - is replaced with if there are local modifications, or if not. 11619 Diganti dengan TText jika ada modifikasi lokal, atau FText jika tidak.
499 - $WCINSVN?TText:FText$ 11630 $WCMODS?TText:FText$
500 - $WCNEEDSLOCK?TText:FText$ 11640 $WCMODS?TText:FText$
501 - is replaced with if the entry has the property set, or if not. 11651 Diganti dengan TText jika ada modifikasi lokal, atau FText jika tidak.
502 - $WCISLOCKED?TText:FText$ 11657 $WCMIXED?TText:FText$
503 - Replaced with the name of the lock owner. 11671 Diganti dengan revisi komit tertinggi dalam copy pekerjaan.
504 - Replaced with the comment of the lock. 11677 Diganti dengan revisi komit tertinggi dalam copy pekerjaan.
505 - \n
// Test file for SubWCRev: testfile.tmpl\n
\n
char *Revision = \"$WCREV$\";\n
char *Modified = \"$WCMODS?Modified:Not modified$\";\n
char *Date = \"$WCDATE$\";\n
char *Range = \"$WCRANGE$\";\n
char *Mixed = \"$WCMIXED?Mixed revision WC:Not mixed$\";\n
char *URL = \"$WCURL$\";\n
\n
#if $WCMODS?1:0$\n
#error Source is modified\n
#endif\n
\n
// End of file\n
11702 \n
// Test file untuk SubWCRev\n
\n
char *Revision = \"$WCREV$\";\n
char *Modified = \"$WCMODS?Modified:Not modified$\";\n
char *Date = \"$WCDATE$\";\n
char *RevRange = \"$WCRANGE$\";\n
char *Mixed = \"$WCMIXED?Mixed revision WC:Not mixed$\";\n
char *URL = \"$WCURL$\";\n
\n
#if $WCMODS?1:0$\n
#error Source Modified\n
#endif\n
\n
// EndOfFile\n
506 - \n
// Test file for SubWCRev: testfile.txt\n
\n
char *Revision = \"3701\";\n
char *Modified = \"Modified\";\n
char *Date = \"2005/06/15 11:15:12\";\n
char *Range = \"3699:3701\";\n
char *Mixed = \"Mixed revision WC\";\n
char *URL = \"http://project.domain.org/svn/trunk/src\";\n
\n
#if 1\n
#error Source is modified\n
#endif\n
\n
// End of file\n
11742 \n
// Test file untuk SubWCRev\n
\n
char *Revision = \"3701\";\n
char *Modified = \"Modified\";\n
char *Date = \"2005/06/15 11:15:12\";\n
char *RevRange = \"3699:3701\";\n
char *Mixed = \"Mixed revision WC\";\n
char *URL = \"http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/svn/tortoisesvn/trunk/src/SubWCRev\";\n
\n
#if 1\n
#error Source Modified\n
#endif\n
\n
// EndOfFile\n
507 - Method 11794 Metode Akses
508 - The highest commit revision in the working copy. Equivalent to 11819 Diganti dengan revisi komit tertinggi dalam copy pekerjaan.
509 - The commit date/time of the highest commit revision. Equivalent to 11825 Diganti dengan tanggal/jam komit dari revisi komit tertinggi. Untuk menghindari kebingunan, format internasional digunakan, contoh
510 - The author of the highest commit revision, that is, the last person to commit changes to the working copy. 11831 Diganti dengan revisi komit tertinggi dalam copy pekerjaan.
511 - The minimum update revision, as shown in 11843 Menampilkan grafik revisi untuk path yang diberikan dalam .
512 - The maximum update revision, as shown in 11849 Menampilkan grafik revisi untuk path yang diberikan dalam .
513 - True if there are local modifications 11855 Diganti dengan TText jika ada modifikasi lokal, atau FText jika tidak.
514 - Replaced with the repository URL of the working copy path used in . Equivalent to 11870 Diganti dengan URL repositori path copy pekerjaan dioper ke SubWCRev.
515 - True if the item has the property set. 11880 Menambah file dalam ke kontrol versi.
516 - Because TortoiseSVN is being developed all the time it is sometimes hard to keep the documentation completely up to date. We maintain an online FAQ which contains a selection of the questions we are asked the most on the TortoiseSVN mailing lists dev@tortoisesvn.tigris.org and users@tortoisesvn.tigris.org. 12310 Karena TortoiseSVN sedang dikembangkan terus menerus ada kalanya sulit untuk memelihara dokumentasi sepenuhnya mutahir. Kami memelihara FAQ online interaktif yang berisi pilihan pertanyaan yang diajukan paling banyak kepada kami pada daftar mailing TortoiseSVN dev@tortoisesvn.tigris.org dan users@tortoisesvn.tigris.org.
517 - We also maintain a project Issue Tracker which tells you about some of the things we have on our To-Do list, and bugs which have already been fixed. If you think you have found a bug, or want to request a new feature, check here first to see if someone else got there before you. 12316 Kami juga memelihara Pelacak Isu proyek yang menceritakan kepada Anda mengenai beberapa hal yang kami punyai dalam daftar Harus-Dikerjakan kami, dan bug yang sudah kami betulkan. Jika Anda pikir Anda menemukan bug, atau ingin meminta fitur baru, periksa dulu untuk melihat jika orang sudah mendapatkannya disana sebelum Anda.
518 - The recommended way is by right-dragging the files to the new location. Simply right-click on the files you want to move/copy without releasing the mouse button. Then drag the files to the new location and release the mouse button. A context menu will appear where you can either choose Context MenuSVN Copy versioned files here. or Context MenuSVN Move versioned files here. 12355 Cara yang direkomendasikan adalah dengan mendrag-kanan file- file ke lokasi baru. Cukup klik-kanan pada file yang ingin Anda pindah/copy tanpa melepas tombol mouse. Lalu tarik file ke lokasi baru dan lepaskan tombol mouse. Menu konteks akan muncul dimana Anda bisa memilih Menu KonteksCopy dalam Subversion kesini. atau Menu KonteksPindahkan Subversion kesini.
519 - commit message 12371 Pesan Log Komit
520 - empty message 12377 log pesan
521 - In the repository folder on the server, there's a sub-folder hooks which contains some example hook scripts you can use. The file pre-commit.tmpl contains a sample script which will reject commits if no log message is supplied, or the message is too short. The file also contains comments on how to install/use this script. Just follow the instructions in that file. 12398 Dalam folder repositori pada server, ada subfolder hooks yang berisi beberapa contoh naskah hook yang bisa Anda gunakan. File pre-commit.tmpl berisi contoh naskah yang menolak komit jika tidak ada log pesan disediakan, atau pesan terlalu pendek. File juga berisi komentar bagaimana untuk menginstalasi/menggunakan naskah ini. Cukup ikuti instruksi dalam file itu.
522 - Roll back (Undo) revisions in the repository 12444 Gulung kembali revisi dalam repositori
523 - undo commit 12455 komit
524 - undo change 12461 Memulihkan Perubahan
525 - Select TortoiseSVNShow Log to display a list of revisions. You may need to use Show All or Next 100 to show the revision(s) you are interested in. 12482 Pilih TortoiseSVNTampilkan Log untuk menampilkan daftar revisi, Anda mungkin perlu menggunakan Dapatkan Semua atau 100 Berikutnya untuk menampilkan revisi yang menarik bagi Anda.
526 - Select the revision you wish to revert. If you want to undo a range of revisions, select the first one and hold the Shift key while selecting the last one. Note that for multiple revisions, the range must be unbroken with no gaps. Right click on the selected revision(s), then select Context MenuRevert changes from this revision. 12488 Pilih revisi yang ingin Anda pulihkan. Jika Anda ingin membatalkan sederetan revisi, pilih yang pertama dan tekan tombol shift sementara memilih yang terakhir. Catatan bahwa untuk multipel revisi, deretan harus tidak terpisah dengan tanpa jarak. Klik kanan pada revisi yang dipilih, lalu pilih Menu KonteksPulihkan perubahan dari revisi ini.
527 - Or if you want to make an earlier revision the new HEAD revision, right click on the selected revision, then select Context MenuRevert to this revision. This will discard all changes after the selected revision. 12494 Atau jika Anda ingin membuat revisi sebelumnya untuk revisi HEAD baru, klik kanan pada revisi yang dipilih, lalu pilih Menu KonteksPulihkan ke revisi ini. Ini akan membatalkan semua perubahan setalah revisi yang dipilih.
528 - In the From: field enter the full folder URL of the branch or tag containing the changes you want to revert in your working copy. This should come up as the default URL. 12521 Dalam field Dari: masukkan url folder lengkap dari cabang atau tag yang berisi perubahan yang ingin Anda pulihkan dalam copy pekerjaan Anda. Ini harusnya muncul sebagai URL standar.
529 - In the To Revision field enter the revision number that you want to revert to, namely the one before the first revision to be reverted. 12537 Dalam field Ke Revisi masukkan angka revisi yang ingin Anda pulihkan, contoh satu sebelum revisi pertama yang dipulihkan.
530 - Use svndumpfilter 12548 Gunakan svndumpfilter
531 - The only way to remove data from the repository is to use the Subversion command line tool svnadmin. You can find a description of how this works in the Repository Maintenance. 12559 Satu-satunya cara untuk menghapus data dari repositori adalah menggunakan piranti baris perintah Subversion svnadmin. Anda bisa menemukan penjelasan bagaimana ini bekerja dalam Repository Maintenance.
532 - Compare two revisions of a file or folder 12565 Bandingkan dua revisi file
533 - compare folders 12576 bandingkan file
534 - If you want to compare two revisions in an item's history, for example revisions 100 and 200 of the same file, just use TortoiseSVNShow Log to list the revision history for that file. Pick the two revisions you want to compare then use Context MenuCompare Revisions. 12587 Jika Anda ingin membandingkan dua revisi dalam histori file, misalnya revisi 100 dan 200 dari file yang smaa, cukup gunakan TortoiseSVNTampilkan Log untuk mendaftar histori revisi untuk file itu. Ambil dua revisi yang ingin Anda bandingkan lalu gunakan Menu KonteksBandingkan Revisi.
535 - If you want to compare the same item in two different trees, for example the trunk and a branch, you can use the repository browser to open up both trees, select the file in both places, then use Context MenuCompare Revisions. 12593 Jika Anda ingin membandingkan file yang sama dalam susunan yang berbeda, misalnya trunk dan cabang, Anda bisa menggunakan browser repositori untuk membuka kedua susunan, pilih file dalam kedua tempat lalu gunakan Menu KonteksBandingkan Revisi.
536 - If you want to compare two trees to see what has changed, for example the trunk and a tagged release, you can use TortoiseSVNRevision Graph Select the two nodes to compare, then use Context MenuCompare HEAD Revisions. This will show a list of changed files, and you can then select individual files to view the changes in detail. You can also export a tree structure containing all the changed files, or simply a list of all changed files. Read for more information. Alternatively use Context MenuUnified Diff of HEAD Revisions to see a summary of all differences, with minimal context. 12599 Jika Anda ingin membandingkan dua susunan untuk melihat apa yang berubah misalnya trunk dan rilis tag, Anda bisa menggunakan TortoiseSVNGrafik Revisi Pilih dua node untuk dibandingkan, lalu gunakan Menu KonteksBandingkan Revisi HEAD. Ini akan memperlihatkan kepada Anda daftar file yang diubah, dan Anda kemudian bisa memilih file individual untuk dilihat perubahannya secara terinci. Alternatifnya gunakan Menu KonteksUnified Diff dari Revisi HEAD untuk melihat ringkasan dari semua perbedaan, dengan konteks minimal.
537 - vendor projects 12615 Indeks proyek
538 - Set the svn:externals property for a folder in your project. This property consists of one or more lines; each line has the name of a sub-folder which you want to use as the checkout folder for common code, and the repository URL that you want to be checked out there. For full details refer to . 12631 Set properti svn:externals untuk folder dalam proyek Anda. Properti ini terdiri dari satu atau lebih baris; setiap baris mempunyai nama dari subfolder yang ingin Anda gunakan sebagai folder check out untuk kode umum, dan URL repositori yang ingin Anda check out dari sana. Untuk rincian lengkap lihat .
539 - Commit the new folder. Now when you update, Subversion will pull a copy of that project from its repository into your working copy. The sub-folders will be created automatically if required. Each time you update your main working copy, you will also receive the latest version of all external projects. 12637 Komit folder baru. Sekarang ketika Anda memutahirkan, Subversion akan menarik copy proyek itu dari repositorinya ke dalam copy pekerjaan Anda. Subfolder akan diperlakukan otomatis jika diperlukan. Setiap kali Anda memutahirkan copy pekerjaan utama Anda, Anda juga akan menerima versi terbaru dari semua proyek eksternal.
540 - If you frequently need to open the repository browser at a particular location, you can create a desktop shortcut using the automation interface to TortoiseProc. Just create a new shortcut and set the target to: \n
TortoiseProc.exe /command:repobrowser /path:\"url/to/repository\"\n
Of course you need to include the real repository URL.
12719 Jika Anda sering membuka browser repositori di lokasi tertentu, Anda bisa membuat jalan pintas desktop menggunakan interface otomatis ke TortoiseProc. Cukup buat jalan pintas baru dan set sasaran ke: \n
TortoiseProc.exe /command:repobrowser /path:\"url/ke/repository\" /notempfile\n
Tetntunya Anda perlu menyertakan URL repositori nyata.
541 - remove versioning 12736 Pembuatan versi direktori
542 - detach from repository 12742 repositori
543 - Hold the Shift key to get the extended context menu and use TortoiseSVNDelete (keep local) to mark the file/folder for deletion from the repository without losing the local copy. 12758 TortoiseSVNHapus folder dari copy pekerjaan Anda.
544 - TortoiseSVNCommit the parent folder. 12764 TortoiseSVNKomit folder yang dihapus untuk menghapusnya dari repositori.
545 - Add the file/folder to the ignore list so you don't get into the same trouble again. 12770 Tambah folder ke daftar abaikan agar Anda tidak mendapat masalah yang sama lagi.
546 - Unversion a working copy 12781 Merelokasi copy pekerjaan
547 - If you have a working copy which you want to convert back to a plain folder tree without the .svn directories, you can simply export it to itself. Read to find out how. 12787 Ada kalanya Anda ingin membuat copy lokal tanpa direktori .svn, contoh untuk membuat zipped tarball dari sumber Anda. Baca untuk menemukan bagaimana cara melakukannya.
548 - Remove a working copy 12793 Merelokasi copy pekerjaan
549 - domain controller 12834 domaincontroller
550 - The TortoiseSVN installer comes as an MSI file, which means you should have no problems adding that MSI file to the group policies of your domain controller. 12844 Instalator TortoiseSVN datang sebagai file msi, yang berarti Anda seharusnya tidak mempunyai masalah menambahkan file msi itu ke aturan grup dari kontroler domain Anda.
551 - A good walk-through on how to do that can be found in the knowledge base article 314934 from Microsoft: http://support.microsoft.com/?kbid=314934. 12850 Langkah-langkah yang baik bagaimana melakukan itu bisa ditemukan dalam artikel basis pengetahuan 314934 dari Microsoft: http://support.microsoft.com/?kbid=314934.
552 - Versions 1.3.0 and later of TortoiseSVN must be installed under Computer Configuration and not under User Configuration. This is because those versions need the new CRT and MFC DLLs, which can only be deployed per computer and not per user. If you really must install TortoiseSVN on a per user basis, then you must first install the MFC and CRT package version 8 from Microsoft on each computer you want to install TortoiseSVN as per user. 12856 Versi 1.3.0 dan berikutnya dari TortoiseSVN harus diinstalasi di bawah Konfigurasi Komputer dan tidak dibawah Konfigurasi Pengguna. Ini dikarenakan versi itu memerlukan dll CRT dan MFC baru, yang hanya bisa didistribusikan per komputer dan tidak per pengguna. Jika Anda benar-benar harus menginstalasi TortoiseSVN pada basis per pengguna, maka pertama Anda harus menginstalasi paket MFC dan CRT versi 8 dari Microsoft pada setiap komputer yang ingin Anda instalasi TortoiseSVN sebagai per pengguna.
553 - Versions 1.4.0 and later of TortoiseSVN allow you to redirect that upgrade check to your intranet server. You can set the registry key HKCU\\Software\\TortoiseSVN\\UpdateCheckURL (string value) to an URL pointing to a text file in your intranet. That text file must have the following format: \n
1.4.1.6000\n
A new version of TortoiseSVN is available for you to download!\n
http://192.168.2.1/downloads/TortoiseSVN-1.4.1.6000-svn-1.4.0.msi\n
The first line in that file is the version string. You must make sure that it matches the exact version string of the TortoiseSVN installation package. The second line is a custom text, shown in the upgrade dialog. You can write there whatever you want. Just note that the space in the upgrade dialog is limited. Too long messages will get truncated! The third line is the URL to the new installation package. This URL is opened when the user clicks on the custom message label in the upgrade dialog. You can also just point the user to a web page instead of the MSI file directly. The URL is opened with the default web browser, so if you specify a web page, that page is opened and shown to the user. If you specify the MSI package, the browser will ask the user to save the MSI file locally.
12897 Versi 1.4.0 dan selanjutnya dari TortoiseSVN membolehkan Anda untuk mengalihkan pemeriksaan pemutahiran itu ke server intranet Anda. Anda bisa men-set kunci registri Anda HKCU\\Software\\TortoiseSVN\\UpdateCheckURL (nilai string) ke URL yang merujuk ke file teks dalam intranet Anda. File teks itu harus mengikuti format: \n
1.4.1.6000\n
Versi TortoiseSVN baru tersedia bagi Anda untuk di download!\n
http://192.168.2.1/downloads/TortoiseSVN-1.4.1.6000-svn-1.4.0.msi\n
Baris pertama dalam file itu adalah string versi. Anda harus memastikan bahwa itu sama dengan string versi dari paket instalasi TortoiseSVN. Baris kedua adalah teks bebas, ditampilkan dalam dialog pemutahiran. Anda bisa menulis disana apapun yang Anda inginkan. Harap dicatat bahwa ruang dalam dialog pemutahiran terbatas. Pesan terlalu panjang akan dipotong! Baris ketiga adalah URL ke paket instalasi baru. URL ini dibuka ketika pengguna mengklik pada label pesan bebas dalam dialog pemutahiran. Anda juga bisa merujuk pengguna ke halaman web daripada ke file msi secara langsung. URL dibuka dengan web browser standar, maka jika Anda menetapkan halaman web, halaman itu dibuka dan ditampilkan kepada pengguna. Jika Anda menetapkan paket msi, browser akan menanyakan pengguna untuk menyimpan file msi secara lokal.
554 - As of version 1.4.0 and later, the TortoiseSVN installer doesn't provide the user with the option to set the SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK environment variable anymore, since that caused many problems and confusions with users which always install everything no matter if they know what it is for. 12932 Sejak versi 1.4.0 dan selanjutnya, instalator TortoiseSVN tidak menyediakan opsi bagi pengguna untuk men-set variabel lingkungan SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK lagi, karena menyebabkan banyak masalah dan membingungkan bagi pengguna yang selalu menginstalasi apapun tidak peduli apakah mereka mengetahui apa kegunaannya.
555 - But that option is only hidden for the user. You still can force the TortoiseSVN installer to set that environment variable by setting the ASPDOTNETHACK property to TRUE. For example, you can start the installer like this: \n
msiexec /i TortoiseSVN-1.4.0.msi ASPDOTNETHACK=TRUE\n
12938 Tapi opsi itu hanya tersembunyi bagi pengguna. Anda masih bisas memaksa instalator TortoiseSVN untuk men-set variabel lingkungan itu dengan menyeting properti ASPDOTNETHACK ke TRUE. Sebagai contoh, Anda bisa memulai instalator seperti ini: \n
msiexec /i TortoiseSVN-1.4.0.msi ASPDOTNETHACK=TRUE\n
556 - Disable context menu entries 12950 Menu konteks Explorer untuk file berversi
557 - context menu entries 12956 menu konteks
558 - disable functions 12962 modifikasi
559 - Repository Browser 13113 Browser Repositori
560 - Delete unversioned items 13163 Rekursif ke dalam folder tidak berversi
561 - The progress dialog which is used for commits, updates and many more commands usually stays open after the command has finished until the user presses the OK button. This can be changed by checking the corresponding option in the settings dialog. But using that setting will close the progress dialog, no matter if you start the command from your batch file or from the TortoiseSVN context menu. 13249 Dialog progres yang digunakan untuk komit, memutahirkan dan banyak perintah lainnya biasanya tetap terbuka sampai perintah selesai dan pengguna menekan tombol OK. Ini bisa diubah dengan mencentang opsi terkait dalam dialog seting. Tetapi menggunakan seting itu akan menutup dialog progres, tidak peduli apakah Anda memulai perintah dari file batch Anda atau dari menu konteks TortoiseSVN.
562 - To specify a different location of the configuration file, use the parameter . This will override the default path, including any registry setting. 13255 Untuk menetapkan lokasi berbeda dari file konfigurasi, gunakan parameter . Ini akan menimpa path standar, termasuk setiap seting registri.
563 - To close the progress dialog at the end of a command automatically without using the permanent setting you can pass the parameter. To close the progress dialog for local operations if there were no errors or conflicts, pass the parameter. 13281 Untuk menutup dialog progres di kahir perintah secara otomatis tanpa menggunakan seting permanen Anda bisa mengoper parameter
564 - Shows the about dialog. This is also shown if no command is given. 13302 Menampilkan dialog Tentang. Ini juga ditampilkan jika tidak ada perintah yang diberikan.
565 - Opens the log dialog. The specifies the file or folder for which the log should be shown. Six additional options can be set: , , enables the 'stop-on-copy' checkbox, fills in the filter text, forces the filter to use text, not regex, or forces the filter to use regex, not simple text search, and with X being a number between 1 and 7. The numbers correspond to: 13403 Membuka dialog log. Path menentukan file atau folder dimana log harus ditampilkan. Tiga opsi tambahan yang bisa di-set: , dan
566 - Opens the import dialog. The specifies the directory with the data to import. 13420 Membuka dialog impor. Path menetapkan direktori dengan data yang diimpor.
567 - Opens the commit dialog. The specifies the target directory or the list of files to commit. You can also specify the switch to pass a predefined log message to the commit dialog. Or, if you don't want to pass the log message on the command line, use , where points to a file containing the log message. To pre-fill the bug ID box (in case you've set up integration with bug trackers properly), you can use the to do that. 13472 Membuka dialog komit. Path menetapkan direktori sasaran atau daftar file untuk dikomit. Anda juga bisa menetapkan saklar /logmsg untuk mengoper log pesan yang dibuat ke dialog komit. Atau, jika Anda tidak ingin mengoper log pesan pada baris perintah, gunakan /logmsgfile:path, dimana merujuk ke file yang berisi log pesan. Untuk mengisi ulang kotak bug ID (seandainya Anda belum menyiapkan integrasi dengan pelacak bug dengan benar), Anda bisa menggunakan untuk melakukannya.
568 - /noui 13488 /noquestion
569 - Opens the switch dialog. The specifies the target directory. 13515 Membuka dialog saklar. Path menetapkan direktori target.
570 - Exports the working copy in to another directory. If the points to an unversioned directory, a dialog will ask for an URL to export to the directory in . 13521 Mengekspor copy pekerjaan dalam ke direktori lain. Jika merujuk ke direktori tidak berversi, dialog akan bertanya atas URL untuk mengekspor ke dir dalam .
571 - Opens the merge dialog. The specifies the target directory. For merging a revision range, the following options are available: , . For merging two repository trees, the following options are available: , , and . These pre-fill the relevant fields in the merge dialog. 13551 Membuka dialog log. Path menentukan file atau folder dimana log harus ditampilkan. Tiga opsi tambahan yang bisa di-set: , dan
572 - Opens the merge all dialog. The specifies the target directory. 13557 Membuka dialog saklar. Path menetapkan direktori target.
573 - Brings up the branch/tag dialog. The is the working copy to branch/tag from. And the is the target URL. You can also specify the switch to pass a predefined log message to the branch/tag dialog. Or, if you don't want to pass the log message on the command line, use , where points to a file containing the log message. 13563 Membuka dialog komit. Path menetapkan direktori sasaran atau daftar file untuk dikomit. Anda juga bisa menetapkan saklar /logmsg untuk mengoper log pesan yang dibuat ke dialog komit. Atau, jika Anda tidak ingin mengoper log pesan pada baris perintah, gunakan /logmsgfile:path, dimana merujuk ke file yang berisi log pesan. Untuk mengisi ulang kotak bug ID (seandainya Anda belum menyiapkan integrasi dengan pelacak bug dengan benar), Anda bisa menggunakan untuk melakukannya.
574 - /line:xxx 13596 /rev:xxx
575 - Starts the external diff program specified in the TortoiseSVN settings. The specifies the first file. If the option is set, then the diff program is started with those two files. If is omitted, then the diff is done between the file in and its BASE. To explicitly set the revision numbers use and . If is set and is not set, then the diff is done by first blaming the files with the given revisions. The parameter specifies the line to jump to when the diff is shown. 13602 Memulai program eksternal diff yang ditetapkan dalam seting TortoiseSVN. menetapkan file pertama. Jika opasi di-set, maka program diff dimulai dengan dua file itu. Jika diabaikan, maka diff dikerjakan antara file dalam dan BASE-nya.
576 - Starts the conflict editor specified in the TortoiseSVN settings with the correct files for the conflicted file in . 13616 Memulai editor konflik dalam seting TortoiseSVN dengan file yang benar untuk file yang konflik dalam .
577 - /remote 13632 hilangkan
578 - Check repository 13638 Repositori
579 - Opens the check-for-modifications dialog. The specifies the working copy directory. If is specified, the dialog contacts the repository immediately on startup, as if the user clicked on the button. 13644 Membuka dialog checkout. menetapkan direktori sasaran dan menetapkan URL yang di-checkout.
580 - Starts the repository browser dialog, pointing to the URL of the working copy given in or points directly to an URL. An additional option can be used to specify the revision which the repository browser should show. If the is omitted, it defaults to HEAD. If points to an URL, the specifies the path from where to read and use the project properties. 13661 Memulai dialog browser repositori, merujuk ke URL dari copy pekerjaan yang diberikan dalam atau merujuk secara langsung ke sebuah URL. Opsi tambahan bisa digunakan untuk menetapkan revisi yang harus ditampilkan browser repositori. Jika diabaikan, standarnya ke HEAD.
581 - Adds all targets in to the ignore list, i.e. adds the property to those files. 13672 Menambah semua target dalam ke daftar abaikan, contohnya menambah properti the svn:ignore ke file-file itu.
582 - Locks a file or all files in a directory given in . The 'lock' dialog is shown so the user can enter a comment for the lock. 13719 Mengunci sebuah file atau semua file dalam sebuah direktori. Dialog 'kunci' ditampilkan agar pengguna bisa memasukan komentar untuk penguncian.
583 - Unlocks a file or all files in a directory given in . 13724 Buka kunci sebuah file atau semua file dalam suatu direktori..
584 - Rebuilds the windows icon cache. Only use this in case the windows icons are corrupted. A side effect of this (which can't be avoided) is that the icons on the desktop get rearranged. To suppress the message box, pass . 13730 Membangun ulang ikon cache jendela. Gunakan ini bila ikon jendela rusak. Efek samping dari ini (yang tidak dapat dihindari) adalah bahwa ikon-ikon pada desktop diatur ulang.
585 - URL handler 13770 URL berubah
586 - The following commands are allowed with tsvncmd: URLs: 13796 TortoiseSVN mempunyai beberapa properti khusus, dan ini dimulai dengan tsvn:.
587 - If you think you have found a bug in TortoiseSVN, we may ask you to try to reproduce it using the CLI, so that we can distinguish TortoiseSVN issues from Subversion issues. This reference tells you which command to try. 13897 Jika Anda berpikir telah menemukan bug dalam TortoiseSVN, kami mungkin meminta Anda untuk mencoba membuat ulang menggunakan CLI, agar kami bisa membedakan isu TSVN dari isu Subversion. Referensi ini memberitahu Anda perintah mana yang dicoba.
588 - In the descriptions which follow, the URL for a repository location is shown simply as URL, and an example might be http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/svn/tortoisesvn/trunk. The working copy path is shown simply as PATH, and an example might be C:\\TortoiseSVN\\trunk. 13908 Dalam penjelasan berikut, URL untuk lokasi repositori ditampilkan cukup sebagai URL, dan contohnya mungkin http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/svn/tortoisesvn/trunk. Path copy pekerjaan cukup ditampilkan sebagai PATH, dan contohnya mungkin C:\\TortoiseSVN\\trunk.
589 - If you use Diff from the main context menu, you are diffing a modified file against its BASE revision. The output from the CLI command above also does this and produces output in unified-diff format. However, this is not what TortoiseSVN is using. TortoiseSVN uses TortoiseMerge (or a diff program of your choosing) to display differences visually between full-text files, so there is no direct CLI equivalent. 14075 Jika Anda menggunakan Diff dari menu konteks utama, Anda melakukan diff file yang diubah terhadap revisi BASE-nya. Output dari perintah CLI di atas juga melakukan ini dan menghasilkan output dalam format unified-diff. Akan tetapi, ini bukan apa yang digunakan TortoiseSVN. TortoiseSVN menggunakan TortoiseMerge (atau program diff pilihan Anda) untuk menampilkan perbedaan secara visual antara file teks lengkap, agar tidak ada persamaan CLI langsung.
590 - The Test Merge performs the same merge with the --dry-run switch. 14344 Dry run melakukan hal yang sama dengan merge dengan saklar --dry-run.
591 - \n
svnadmin create --fs-type fsfs PATH\n
14410 \n
svnadmin create --fs-type fsfs PATH\n
or\n
svnadmin create --fs-type bdb PATH\n
592 - If you use TortoiseBlame to view the blame info, the file log is also required to show log messages in a tooltip. If you view blame as a text file, this information is not required. 14449 Jika Anda menggunakan TortoiseBlame untuk melihat info blame, log file juga diperlukan untuk menampilkan pesan log dalam tooltip. Jika Anda melihat blame sebagai file teks, informasi ini tidak diperlukan.
593 - Because the svn:ignore property is often a multi-line value, it is shown here as being changed via a text file rather than directly on the command line. 14474 Karena properti svn:ignore sering bernilai multi-baris, ia ditampikan disini sebagai sedang diubah via file teks daripada secara langsung pada baris perintah.
594 - TortoiseSVN creates a patch file in unified diff format by comparing the working copy with its BASE version. 14490 TortoiseSVN membuat patchfile dalam format unified diff dengan membandingkan copy pekerjaan dengan revisi BASE-nya.
595 - This appendix contains a more detailed discussion of the implementation of some of TortoiseSVN's features. 14505 Apendiks ini berisi solusi terhadap masalah/pertanyaan yang mungkin Anda punyai saat menggunakan TortoiseSVN.
596 - The Added overlay is simply used to represent the added status when an item has been added to version control. 14531 Tanda plus memberitahu Anda bahwa file atau folder sudah dijadwalkan untuk ditambahkan ke kontrol versi.
597 - In fact, you may find that not all of these icons are used on your system. This is because the number of overlays allowed by Windows is limited to 15. Windows uses 4 of those, and the remaining 11 can be used by other applications. If there are not enough overlay slots available, TortoiseSVN tries to be a Good Citizen (TM) and limits its use of overlays to give other apps a chance. 14569 Kenyataannya, Anda mungkin menemukan bahwa tidak semua ikon ini digunakan pada sistem Anda. Ini dikarenakan jumlah lapisan yang dibolehkan oleh Windows dibatasi hanya 15. Windows menggunakan 4 dari itu, dan sisanya 11 bisa digunakan oleh aplikasi lain. Jika Anda juga menggunakan TortoiseCVS, maka slot lapisan ikon tidak cukup tersedia, maka TortoiseSVN mencoba menjadi Warga Yang Baik (TM) dan membatasi penggunaan lapisan untuk memberikan kesempatan bagi aplikasi lain.
598 - Normal, Modified and Conflicted are always loaded and visible. 14575 Normal, Diubah dan Konflik selalu dipanggil dan terlihat.
599 - Deleted is loaded if possible, but falls back to Modified if there are not enough slots. 14581 Dihapus diambil jika memungkinkan, tapi kembali ke Diubah jika slot tidak cukup.
600 - Read-Only is loaded if possible, but falls back to Normal if there are not enough slots. 14587 HanyaBaca diambil jika memungkinkan, tapi kembali ke Normal jika slot tidak cukup.
601 - Locked is only loaded if there are fewer than 13 overlays already loaded. It falls back to Normal if there are not enough slots. 14593 Dikunci hanya diambil jika ada lebih sedikit daripada 13 lapisan yang sudah diambil. Ia kembali ke Normal jika slot tidak cukup.
602 - Added is only loaded if there are fewer than 14 overlays already loaded. It falls back to Modified if there are not enough slots. 14599 Ditambahkan hanya diambil jika lebih sedikit dari 14 lapisan yang diambil. Ia kembali ke Diubah jika slot tidak cukup.
603 - SSH Configuration Variants 14803 Konfigurasi
604 - A term frequently used in revision control systems to describe what happens when development forks at a particular point and follows 2 separate paths. You can create a branch off the main development line so as to develop a new feature without rendering the main line unstable. Or you can branch a stable release to which you make only bug fixes, while new developments take place on the unstable trunk. In Subversion a branch is implemented as a cheap copy. 14884 Batasan yang sering digunakan dalam sistem kontrol revisi untuk menjelaskan apa yang terjadi ketika garpu pengembangan pada titik tertentu dan mengikuti 2 path terpisah. Anda bisas membuat cabang diluar baris pengembangan utama untuk mengembangkan fitur baru tanpa menyerempet barus utama yang tidak stabil. Atau Anda bisa mencabangkan rilis stabil ke mana Anda hanya membuat pembetulan bug, sementara pengembangan baru menempati batang tidak stabil. Dalam Subversion cabang diimplementasikan sebagai copy murah.
605 - To quote from the Subversion book: Recursively clean up the working copy, removing locks and resuming unfinished operations. If you ever get a working copy locked error, run this command to remove stale locks and get your working copy into a usable state again. Note that in this context lock refers to local filesystem locking, not repository locking. 14895 Mengutip dari buku Subversion: Secara rekursif membersihkan copy pekerjaan, menghapus kuncian dan melanjutkan operasi yang belum selesai. Jika Anda pernah mendapatkan kesalahan copy pekerjaan dikunci, jalankan perintah ini untuk menghapus kuncian basi dan mendapatkan copy pekerjaan Anda kedalam kondisi yang berguna lagi. Catatan bahwa konteks kunci merujuk ke penguncian sistem file lokal, bukan penguncian repositori.
606 - When you delete a versioned item (and commit the change) the item no longer exists in the repository after the committed revision. But of course it still exists in earlier repository revisions, so you can still access it. If necessary, you can copy a deleted item and resurrect it complete with history. 14926 Ketika Anda menghapus item berversi (dan komit perubahan) item tidak lagi ada dalam repositori setelah revisi yang dikomit. Tapi tentunya masih ada dalam revisi repositori sebelumnya, dan Anda masih bisa mengaksesnya. Jika perlu, Anda bisa mengcopy item yang dihapus dan menghidupkannya sepenuhnya dengan histori.
607 - A proprietary Subversion filesystem backend for repositories. Can be used on network shares. Default for 1.2 and newer repositories. 14947 FS Filesystem. Hak milik Subversion filesystem backend untuk repositori. Bisa digunakan pada jaringan berbagi. Standar untuk 1.2 dan repositori lebih baru.
608 - When you take out a lock on a versioned item, you mark it in the repository as non-committable, except from the working copy where the lock was taken out. 14973 Ketika Anda membawa kuncian pada item berversi, Anda menandainya dalam repositori sebagai tidak bisa dikomit, kecuali dari copy pekerjaan dimana kuncian tersebut dibawa.
Note: Line numbers are as in committed file, it may differ when you update to use newer .pot, also edited multi line messages may shift line position.

Total:608

Escaped chars test

This test check if all escaped chars are known and its using match with English. Even you get red here it may be legal for your language.
This test is in developing now. Ignored are: \r \n (wee new line style test) and \".

Index Line English Line Native
1 Developer B moves <filename>Foo.c</filename> to <filename>Bix.c</filename> 3147 Buat folder lain <filename>MyNewRepository</filename> di dalam <filename>D:\\SVN\\</filename>.
Note: Line numbers are as in committed file, it may differ when you update to use newer .pot, also edited multi line messages may shift line position.

Total:1

PASS

RC Checks

Next few sections informs about duplicate accelerators in translation. There is no reason to be stressed about this, but some translators like to know it. In a fact even English translation contains duplicate.

Proc RC Check (id)

RC checking is currently off for this language. If you like enable it for your translation drop me an email.


Icons by: DryIcons